E.F. Johnson Company 001-9800-200, 001-9800-001, 988X SERIES, 989X SERIES, 9800 SERIES Service Manual

...

Download

MOBILE

SERVICE

MANUAL

984X SERIES

(UHF)

988

X SERIES (800 MHZ)

989X S

ERIES (900 MH

25 or 40 Watts (UHF); 15 or 30 Watts (800/900 MHz)

13.6 VDC Part No. 242-98xx-xxx

First Printing

January 2001

Supersedes: Part No. 001-9800-200, 9/99

Remote-Mount

98xx-SERIES

FM TWO-WAY RADIO

SERVICE MANUAL

13.6 VDC 25 or 40 Watts, UHF 15 or 30 Watts, 800/900 MHz

Part No. 242-984x-2xx (UHF) Part No. 242-988x-2xx (800 MHz) Part No. 242-989x-2xx (900 MHz)

systems solutions for public safety, government, and commercial customers. The company designs, manufactures, and markets conventional and trunked radio systems, mobile and portable subscriber radios, repeaters, and Project 25 digital radio products.

Viking Head/EFJohnson logo, LTR of the E.F. Johnson Company. SMARTNET™ and SmartZone Inc. All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturer.

Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.

, LTR-Net™, Multi-Net®, and Call Guard® are trademarks

are trademarks of Motorola,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

LTR

, Low Tier, and Data Models . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1.2 TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Available Frequency Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Front and Remote Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

NPSPAC Models (800 MHz Only) . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Transceiver Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1.3 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN. . . . . . . . . . .1-2

1.4 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . .1-3

1.5 ACCESSORIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . .1-4

1.8 FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

1.10 INTERNET HOME PAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

2 INSTALLATION

2.1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

Scope of Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Transceiver Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Required Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.2 MOUNTING THE TRANSCEIVER . . . . . . . . .2-2

Selecting A Mounting Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Installation Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Attaching Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2.3 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . .2-3

2.4 ACCESSORY CABLE INSTALLATION . . . .2-4

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Accessory Pigtail Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Connecting Ignition Sense Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Connecting Horn Alert Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Other Accessory Cable Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2.5 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION2-6

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Mounting Remote Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2.6 USING AN EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . .2-7

2.7 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Data Cable Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2.8 KEY CAP KITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Multi-Net and LTR-Net Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

SMARTNET/SmartZone Models. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.1 GENERAL TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION 3-1

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Circuit Protection (Fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Synthesizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Audio/Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Receiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND SWITCHING 3-2

Power Switching Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Supply Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3.3 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD DIGITAL CIRCUIT 3-4

Microcontroller (U101). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Memory and Latch Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

3.4 RECEIVE AUDIO/DATA PROCESSING . . . 3-7

Amplifier (U301B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Receive Audio Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Receive Data Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Squelch Circuit (U304A, U304B). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA PROCESSING . 3-9

Microphone Amplifier (U303B),

High-Pass Filter (U303C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Summing Amplifier (U303D), Pre-Emphasis/

Limiter (U303A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Splatter Filter (U302B, U302C) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Transmit Data Circuit (U302D, U302A). . . . . . 3-10

3.6 DISPLAY BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

3.7 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (UHF MODELS)

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Voltage-Controlled Oscillator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Active Filter (Q800), Buffer Amplifier (Q801) 3-12

VCO and TCXO Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Synthesizer Integrated Circuit (U804) . . . . . . . 3-14

Lock Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Charge Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Shift Register (U800, U801) and Digital

Potentiometer (U802) Programming. . . . . . . 3-15

3.8 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (UHF MODELS)

Front End Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

RF Amplifier (Q201). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

First Mixer (Q202), Injection Amplifier (Q204) 3-17

Second Mixer/Detector (U201). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

3.9 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (UHF MODELS)

First and Second Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Third Amp and Predriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Driver (Q600), Final (Q601). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Antenna Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Directional Coupler, Low-Pass Filter . . . . . . . . 3-21

Power Control (U500A/B, Q500-Q503). . . . . . 3-21

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.10 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (800/900 MHz MODELS)

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Voltage-Controlled Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

VCO and TCXO Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Active Filter (Q800) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Buffer Amplifier (Q801), Tx/Tx Switch

(CR801/CR802) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Synthesizer Integrated Circuit (U804) . . . . . . . 3-26

Lock Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Charge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Shift Register (U800, U801) and Digital

Potentiometer (U802) Programming . . . . . . 3-27

3.11 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (800/900 MHz MODELS)

Front End Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

RF Amplifier (Q201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

First Mixer (Q202), Crystal Filter (Z204) . . . . 3-28

Second Mixer/Detector (U201) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

3.12 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (800/900 MHz MODELS)

Predriver (Q506), Driver (Q507) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Power Amplifier Module (U600), Final (Q651) 3-30

Antenna Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Directional Coupler, Low-Pass Filter. . . . . . . . 3-30

Power Control (U500A/B, Q500-Q503) . . . . . 3-31

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

4 SERVICING

4.1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

Periodic Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Schematic Diagrams and Component Layouts. . 4-1

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Configuring Transceiver for Testing . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.2 SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES (SMDs) . .4-1

Servicing Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Identifying SMD Resistors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

SMD Capacitor Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

SMD Inductor Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Transistor/Diode Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4.3 SYNTHESIZER TROUBLESHOOTING . . . .4-3

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Reference Oscillator (U806). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

VCO Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Synthesizer IC (U804) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Determining Synthesizer Counter Divide

Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4.4 RECEIVER SERVICING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5

4.5 TRANSMITTER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5

4.6 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD SERVICING. . . . . . .4-5

Digital Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Analog Circuits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

5 PARTS LIST

Front Panel Assembly and Mechanical Parts . . . 5-1

UHF RF and PA Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

800/900 MHz RF and PA Boards . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Audio/Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

9800-Series Radio Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

9800-Series Remote Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

DC Power Cable and Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Accessory Wire Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Amplified Dynamic Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

15 Watt, 4.7-Ohm Speaker (Black). . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Exploded Views

Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Front and Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Bottom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

Remote Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

Remote Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND

COMPONENT LAYOUTS

Amplified Dynamic Microphone . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Transceiver Top Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Transceiver Bottom Photo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Interconnect Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Interface Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Display Board

Top View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Bottom View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

RPI (P.N. 023-9800-000)

Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Programming Cable (P.N. 597-2002-200) . . . 6-6

Component Locator Guides

UHF RF Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

800/900 MHz RF Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Audio/Logic Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

430-470 MHz RF

RF Board Schematic (Revised Board. . . . . . 6-15

PA Board Schematic (25W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

RF Board Layout (Revised Board). . . . . . . . 6-16

VCO Board Layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

PA Board Layout (25W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

PA Board Schematic (40W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

PA Board Layout (40W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19

RF Board Schematic (Unrevised Board) . . . 6-20

RF Board Layout (Unrevised Board) . . . . . . 6-21

February 2001

iii

Part No. 001-9800-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

470-512 MHz RF

RF Board Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

PA Board Schematic (25W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

VCO Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

PA Board Layout (25W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

PA Board Schematic (40W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

PA Board Layout (40W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

800/900 MHz RF

RF Board Schematic (800/900 MHz). . . . . . 6-27

PA Board Schematic (15W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

RF Board Layout (800 MHz). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

RF Board Layout (900 MHz). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

VCO Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

PA Board Layout (15W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30

PA Board Schematic (30W). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31

PA Board Layout (30W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

800/900 MHz Audio/Logic Board

Schematic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 -33

Board Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34

LIST OF TABLES

1-1 Part Number Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

1-2 Identification Number Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1-3 98xx Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

2-1 Data Cable Wire Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

4-1 Ceramic SMD Capacitor Identification . . . . . . . 4-2

4-2 SMD Inductor Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

LIST OF FIGURES

2-1 Front Mount Installation Components . . . . . . . 2-1

2-2 Remote Mount Installation Components. . . . . . 2-3

2-3 Accessory Cable Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

2-4 Accessory Cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-5 R170 Location Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-6 Data Cable Installation (-001 Cable Shown). . . 2-7

3-1 Power Distribution and Switching . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3-2 Power On-Off Control Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3-3 Audio/Data Processing Circuitry Block Diagram 3-8

3-4 RF Block Diagram (UHF Models) . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3-5 Synthesizer Chip U804 Block Diagram . . . . . 3-16

3-6 Limiter/Detector U201 Block Diagram. . . . . . 3-18

3-7 RF Block Diagram (800/900 MHz Models) . . 3-23

4-1 Simplified Synthesizer Block Diagram. . . . . . . 4-3

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL

1.1.1 GENERAL

This service manual contains installation and service information for all current 9800 series mobile transceivers. These include the UHF 984x, 800 MHz 988x, and 900 MHz 989x models.

This manual does not include operation, programming, or alignment information. This information is covered by a separate operation/programming manual (addendum) for each operating protocol as follows:

Protocol Operation and Programming

Manual

98xx Multi-Net 98xx LTR-Net 98xx SMARTNET

SmartZone

Therefore, use this manu al to install and service 98xx transceivers, and use the above manual for operation, programming, and tuning information.

001-9880-400

™

001-9800-600/-601

™

/ 001-9800-501

The data version of the 98xx transceiver has a front panel that is blank except for the programming jack. For servicing information on data models, refer to the LTR manual just described.

The Multi-Net versio n of the 98xx tran sceiver has a data interface that supports external data equipment. For information on this interface and the serial control protocol it uses, refer to th e Multi-Net manual described in the preceding section.

NOTE: External data equipment is currently not supported by the LT R-Net and SMARTNET/SmartZo ne versions of this transceiver.

1.2 TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION

1.2.1 GENERAL

The 98xx-series transceivers combine the latest two-way radio features and technology into a rugged and dependable package for the business, industrial, and public safety markets. These transceivers are digitally synthesized, microcomputer-controlled, and field programmable.

NOTE: The above Multi-Net manual also includes 98xx servicing information but has not been updated with the latest changes that are in this manual.

1.1.2 LTR®, LOW TIER, AND DATA MODELS

NOTE: LTR, low tier, and data versions of the 98xx transceiver are no longer available.

The LTR versions of the 98xx are covered by LTR 98xx Service Manual, Part No. 001-9800-200. This is a complete LTR manual that includes LTR operation and programming information and 98xx hardware servicing information. There are also -201 and -202 revisions tha t sh oul d acc ompany thi s manual.

The LTR models of the 98xx mobile were available in both high and low tier versions, and the MultiNet, LTR-Net, and SMARTNET/SmartZone models are available in only the high tier version. Therefore, only high tier models are covered by this manual. For servicing information on low tier models, refer to the LTR manual described in the preceding paragraph.

1.2.2 AVAILABLE FREQUENCY BANDS

UHF Models

• 430-470 MHz or 470-512 MHz models available.

• All currently available models are dual bandwidth

(12.5/25 kHz). Theref ore , they can be programmed to operate on both types of channels.

• High power (40W) or medi um power (25W) models

available.

800 MHz Models

• Full band (806-824 MHz) operation.

• All currently available models are dual bandwidth

(12.5/25 kHz).

• High power (30W) and medium power (15W)

models available.

1-1

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

900 MHz Models

• Full band (896-902 MHz) operation.

• Only narrow band (12.5 kHz) models are available

because the 900 MHz band has always had a 12.5 kHz channel spacing.

• High power (30W) and medium power (15W)

models available.

1.2.3 FRONT AND REMOTE MOUNTING

High tier models are available in both front- and remote-mount versions, and low tier models were available in a fr ont mou nt version onl y. Remote mount versions are intended to be mounted in a remote location up to appr oximat ely 17 feet away from t he co ntr ol unit such as the vehicle’s trunk. Front mount versions are intended to be mounted within reach of the operator.

The control unit connects to the remote pigtail cable coming from the back panel of the transceiver. This cable is standard with remote mount models and optional with front mount models. The remote control unit uses the high tier front panel assembly. A Remote Conversion Kit is available for converting a front mount high tier model to remote mounting (see Table 1-3). The transceiver does not have dual-control capability. Therefore, either the front pa nel or a remote control unit can be used for control, but not both.

1.2.4 NPSPAC MODELS (800 MHZ ONLY)

All 800 MHz 988x transceivers capable of operating on 25 kHz channels meet the stricter specifications established by NPSPAC (National Public Safety Panel Advisory Committee) for public safety frequencies from 821-824 and 866-869 MHz. Since deviation is less on NPSPAC channels, an additional screen is may be displayed by the tuning software with 800 MHz models for setting NPSPAC deviation. Then when a public safety channel is selected, the deviation automatically changes to the level set in this scree n.

1.2.5 PROGRAMMING

Transceiver programming is performed using a PC-compatible computer, the E.F. Johnson Remote Programming Interface (RPI), and E.F. Johnson

programming software. Programming is described in separate manuals as described in Section 1.1.1.

1.2.6 TRANSCEIVER ALIGNMENT

Alignment is performed using the standard Personality programming setup and special Radio Tune software. There are only two or three adjustments that are made by physically adjusting a component on the PC board. All other adjustments are set digitally. The desired setting is selected using the computer, and it is then automatically stored in the transceiver memory. If the manual adjustments do not need to be readjusted, transceiver alignment can usually be performed without removing the covers. Alignment is described in separate manuals as described in Section 1.1.1.

1.3 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN

The breakdown of the part number used to identify th is transceiver is shown in Table 1-1. With LTR-Net and Multi-Net models, digits 4-7 of this number are displayed briefly at power up.

Table 1-1 Part Number Breakdown

242 - 9 8 x x -x x x x

Band

1 = VHF* 4 = UHF 8 = 800 MHz 9 = 900 MHz

Type

1 = Low tier, dual BW 2 = Mid tier, dual BW* 3 = High tier, dual BW 4 = Low tier, 12.5 kHz 5 = Mid tier, 12.5 kHz* 6 = High tier, 12.5 kHz 8 = High tier rem, dual BW 0 = High tier rem, 12.5 kHz

Signaling

2 = LTR 3 = SMARTNET 4 = Multi-Net 5 = Smartzone 6 = LTR-Net 8 = Data LTR 9 = Data M-Net 0 = Conv only*

* These configurations are currently not available

B/N = Comp/Data C/O = Compander D/P = Data Cable E/Q = Enc/Comp F/T = Enc/C o mp/Dat G/U = Comp/Acsry H/V = Horn/Acsry I/W = Enc/Comp/

Acsry Cable

[1] N-W models are LTR-Net upgradeable

Config.

2 =Mid Pwr std 3 = High Pwr std 7 = M.P. no acc 8 = H.P. no acc

Freq Range

0 = Full band (800/

900 MHz) 3 = 430-470 MHz 5 = 470-512 MHz

Options [1]

1-2

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

1.4 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION

The transceiver identification number is printed on a label that is attached to the chassis. The information is contained in this number is shown i n Table 1-2. This number is stored electronically and can be read using the programming software.

Table 1-2 Identification Number Breakdown

Model Revision

Letter

98xx x A 10 0 A 12345

Type

1 = Low pwr LTR 2 = High pwr LTR 3 = High pwr Data MN 4 = Low pwr LTR-Net 5 = High pwr LTR-Net 6 = Low pwr Multi-Net 7 = High pwr Multi-Net 8 = Low pwr Da ta LTR 9 = High pwr Data LTR 0 = Low pwr Da ta MNet A =

SMARTNET/ Sm ar tZon e

Manufacture

Date

NOTE: Low power = 25W UHF, 15W 800/900 MHz; High power = 40W UHF, 30W 800/900 MHz)

PlantFrom P.N.

Last Digit of Year

Week No. of Year

Warranty

Number

A = Waseca

1.5 ACCESSORIES

The accessories available for this transceiver are listed in Table 1-3. The following is a brief description of most of these accessories.

Mounting Accessories - The -030 mounting kit contains mounting knobs an d four s elf-dri lling screws. The -610 kit contains mounting knobs, a remote mounting bracket, and four self drilling screws. The 10- and 22-ft. cable kits include a fused power cable and microphone hanger with a ground wire

Table 1-3 98xx Accessories

Accessory Part No.

Mounting Accessories

Front mounting kit Remote mounting kit 10 ft. DC power cable and hardware kit 22-ft. DC power cable and hardware 023-9800-422 Standard mounting bracket 017-2229-005 Low-profile mounting bracket 017-2229-010

023-9800-030 023-9800-040 023-9800-410

Table 1-3 98xx Accessories (Continued)

Accessory Part No.

Standard Key Cap Kits (5 key caps)

Multi-Net 587-9840-001 LTR-Net 587-9840-002 SMARTNET/SmartZone 587-9840-003

Optional Key Cap Kits (20+ key caps)

Multi-Net/LTR-Net 587-9840-004 SMARTNET/SmartZone 587-9840-105

Microphones

Standard amplified dynamic 250-0740-300 Standard DTMF w/lighted keypad 250-0751-021 WR 805 DTMF (weather resistant) 589-0016-029 Desk-type 250-0742-010

Remote Speaker, 5”, 15W, 4.7 ohm 250-0151-010

Remote conversion kit Remote control extension cable, 11 ft. 597-9800-009

Remote control pigtail cable (for xcvr) 597-9800-011 Accessory cable components

Accessory pigtail cable 597-9800-003 Accessory wire kit 023-9750-011

Data/accessory cable kit (both cables included, w/o data connector)

Data pigtail cable (data cable only w/o data connector)

Compander kit 250-9800-310 Encryption kit, Transcrypt Desktop Power Supply

15 A, 117 VAC 239-0226-113 15 A, 230 VAC 239-0226-213

Wedge mounting pedestal ki t (includes 10 ft. power cable)

Programming Accessories

Remote Programming Interface (RPI) 023-9800-000 Cable, RPI to transceiver 597-2002-200 Cable, RPI to computer, 6 ft.

(DB9F to DB9M) Programming software (see manual

listed in Section 1.1.1)

SC20-4xx SC20-4xx

250-9800-001

597-9800-001

597-9800-005

023-8610-914

597-5900-002

Key Cap Kit - A key cap kit which in cludes five caps labeled for common functions is standard with each transceiver. Optional kits are also available. Refer to Section 2.8 for more key cap information.

1-3

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

Microphones and Speaker - The microphones have an impedance of 620 ohms, and all DTMF models have backlighted keypad but no memory for storing numbers. The WR805 microphone is environmentally sealed against such things as rain, sand, and dust. The desk microphone has a monitor button that can be locked down if desired.

The remote 15-watt speaker can be used instead

of the internal sp eak er. It is non-amplified and weather resistant, and has a 6-ft. cable. It plugs into the external speaker jack in the back panel (with both front and remote mount applications), and the internal speaker is a utomaticall y disabled w hen it is used.

Remote Mounting Components - The remote conversion kit converts the front panel of a front mount high tier transceiver to a remote control unit. It includes a blank front cover for the transceiver, a housing and 5-ft. control cable for the front panel, and a 1-ft. pigtail cable for connecting the control unit to the transceiver. If the control unit is to be mounted more than approximately 6 feet from the transceiver, the 11-ft. extension cable is required (see Figure 2-2).

Accessory Cable - The -003 pigtail cable installs in the transceiver, and the wire kit is used to connect accessories to this cable. Included in the wire kit are two 22-ft. and three 2-ft. wire assemblies that can be used as desired. The accessory cable is required if such things as ignition switch control of power or the horn alert are use d. Refer to Section 2.4 for installation information.

Data/Accessory Cable - The -001 cable assembly includes a data pigt ail c able t hat pl ugs int o J301 o n th e audio/logic board and also the accessory pigtail described above. The -005 cable assembly is a data cable only without the accessory cable. Neither cable includes the connector that interfaces with the data equipment, so it must be user supplied and installed. Installation of this cable is described in Section 2.7.

Compandor and Encryption Kits - The compandor kit includes a board assembl y that insta lls in the opt ion wire-outs on the audio/logic board to provide companding. Likewise, the encryption kit includes a board assembly that connects to the other option wireouts on the audio/logic board. Contact your sales representative for more information on available encryption options.

Desktop Accessories - The -113 and -213 power supplies include a pedestal for mounting the transceiver and also inclu de an inte rnal sp eaker. The wedge mounting pedestal includes a 10-ft power cable. Also required when this pedesta l is used is one of the power supplies and the -010 low profile mounting bracket.

Programming Accessories - This RPI has design enhancements required for Flash programming the 9800-series transc eiver s. It also h as jacks for i nject ing a microphone audio signal and monitoring receive audio when aligning the transceiver. Earlier RPIs (such as 023-9750-000 an d 023-5810-000) ca n be used to program personality information if desired.

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY

The warranty statement for this transceiver is available from your product supplier or from the Warranty Department, E.F. Johnson Company, 299 Johnson Avenue, P.O. Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-

0514. This information may also be re quested from the Warranty Department by phone as described in Section 1.7. The Warranty Department may also be contacted for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms, or any other questions concerning warranties or warranty service.

1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVI CE

The Customer Service Department of the E.F. Johnson Company provides customer assistance on technical problems and the availability of local and factory repair facilities. Regular Customer Service hours are 7:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m. Central Time, Monday - Friday. The Customer Service Department can be reached at the following telephone numbers:

Toll-Free: 1-800-328-3911

(From within continental United States only)

International: (507) 835-6911 FAX: (507) 835-6969 E-Mail: First Initial/Last Name@efjohnson.com

(You need to know the name of the person you

want to reach. Example: jsmith@efjohnson.com)

NOTE: Emergency 24-hour technical support is also available at the 800 and preceding numbers during off hours, holidays, and weekends.

1-4

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

When your call is answered, you will hear a brief message informing you of number s that can be ente red to reach various departments. This number may be entered during or after the message using a tone-type telephone. When you enter some numbers, another number is requested to further categorize the type of information you need.

You may also contact the Customer Service Department by mail. Please include all information that may be helpful in solving your problem. The mailing address is as follows:

E.F. Johnson Company

Customer Service Dep artment

299 Johnson Avenue

P.O. Box 1249

Waseca, MN 56093-0514

1.8 FACTORY RETURNS

Repair service is normal ly availa ble through local authorized EFJohnson Land Mobile Radio Service Centers. If local service is not ava ilable, the equipmen t can be returned to the fac tory for repair. However, it is recommended that you contact the Customer Service Department before returning equi pment. A service representative may be able to suggest a solution to the problem making return of the equipment unnecessary.

Be sure to fill out a Factor y Re pai r Req ues t For m #271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or out of warranty. These forms are available free of charge by calling Customer Service (see Section 1.7) or by requesting them when you send a unit in for repair. Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space provided and also note any prior physical damage to the equipment. Include this form in the shipping container with each unit. Your telephone number and contact name are important as there are times when the technicians may have specific questions that need to be answered in order to completely identify and repair a problem.

When returning equipment for repair, it is also a good idea to use a PO number or some other reference

number on your paperwork in case you need to call the repair lab about your unit. These numbers are referenced on the repai r or de r maki ng it easier and fas te r t o locate your unit in the lab.

Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not necessary unless you have been gi ven one by the Fie ld Service Department. RA numbers are required for exchange units or if the Field Service Department wants to be aware of a specific problem. If you have been given an RA number, reference this number on the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit. The repair lab will then contact the Field Service Department when the unit arrives.

1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS

EFJohnson replacement parts can be ordered directly from the Service Parts Department. To order parts by phone, dial the toll-free number as described in Section 1.7. When ordering, please supply the part number and quantity of each part ordered. EFJohnson dealers also nee d to g ive th eir a cco unt numbe r. If there is uncertainty about the part number, include the designator (C512, for example) and the model number of the equipment the part is from.

You may also send your order by mail or FAX. The mailing address i s as follows and the FAX number is shown in Section 1.7.

E.F. Johnson Company

Service Parts Department

299 Johnson Avenue

P.O. Box 1249

Waseca, MN 56093-0514

1.10 INTERNET HOME PAGE

The E.F. Johnson Company has a site on the World Wide Web that can be accessed for inform ation on the company about such things as products, systems, and regulations. The address is http://www.efjohnson.com.

1-5

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

UHF 984x SPECIFICATIONS

The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver. For current advertised specifications, refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

GENERAL

Frequency Range 430-470 MHz and 470-512 MHz Operating Modes LTR (trunked) and Conventional (non-trunked) Systems and Groups Selectable Low Tier: Up to 16 system/group combinations

High Tier: Variable from 100 1-group systems up to 40 16-group systems Mounting Location Dash (low tier), Dash or Remote (high tier) Transmit/Receive Separation Any frequency within the range Channel Spacing 12.5 kHz (2.5 kHz maximum deviation)

25 kHz (5 kHz maximum deviation)

(12.5 kHz or dual bandwidth models available) Frequency Stability 2.0 PPM from –22° to +140° F (–30° to +60° C) Dimensions 2.1” x 6.0” x 7.5” (HxWxD) Weight 3.5 lbs (1.59 kg) Power Requirement 13.6 volts DC nominal, negative ground Current Drain 300 mA maximum (receive standby)

1.5 A maximum (receive, rated audio output)

10.0 A maximum (transmit, 25 W output)

15.0 A maximum (transmit, 40 W output)

FCC Compliance Parts 15 and 90

RECEIVER

Sensitivity (12 dB SINAD) 0.35 µV Selectivity –70 dB at 25 kHz, –60 dB at 12.5 kHz Spurious and Image Rejection –70 dB Intermodulation –70 dB Hum and Noise –45 dB at 25 kHz, –40 dB at 12.5 kHz Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the range Audio Power Output 5 watts (external 4.7-ohm speaker), 3 watts (internal 8-ohm speaker) Audio Distortion Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 60% deviation Audio Response +1, –3 dB per octave de-emphasis per standard TIA RF Input Impedance 50 ohms

TRANSMITTER

RF Power Output 25W Version - 25 watts (adjustable to 2-25 watts)

40W Version - 40 watts (adjustable to 10-40 watts) Spurious and Harmonic Emissions –70 dB FM Hum and Noise –40 dB (25 kHz), –35 dB (12.5 kHz) Audio Modulation 25 kHz - 16K0F3E (voice) 16K0F1D (data) Audio Distortion Less than 3% at 1 kHz with 40% modulation Audio Frequency Response 6 dB per octave pre-emphasis per standard TIA Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the band RF Output Impedance 50 ohms Duty Cycle 20% standard TIA

1-6

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

800 MHz 988x SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Frequency Range Transmit - 806-824 MHz Std., 851-869 MHz conv. talk-around

Receive - 851-869 MHz Operating Modes LTR (trunked) and Conventional (non-trunked) Systems and Groups Selectable Low Tier: Up to 16 system/group combinations

High Tier: Variable from 100 1-group to approx. 40 16-group systems Mounting Location Dash (low tier), Dash or Remote (high tier) Transmit/Receive Separation 45 MHz standard, 0 MHz conventional talk-around Channel Spacing 12.5 kHz (2.5 kHz maximum deviation)

25 kHz (5 kHz max deviation std, 4 kHz max NPSPAC) Frequency Stability 1.5 PPM from –22° to +140° F (–30° to +60° C) Dimensions 2.1” x 6.0” x 7.5” (HxWxD) Weight 3.5 lbs (1.59 kg) Power Requirement 13.6 volts DC nominal, negative ground Current Drain 300 mA maximum (receive standby)

1.5 A maximum (receive, rated audio output)

7.0 A maximum (transmit, 15 W output)

11.0 A maximum (transmit, 30W output)

FCC Compliance Parts 15 and 90

RECEIVER

Sensitivity (12 dB SINAD) 0.35 µV Selectivity –70 dB at 25 kHz, –60 dB at 12.5 kHz Spurious and Image Rejection –70 dB Intermodulation –70 dB Hum and Noise –40 dB at 25 kHz, –35 dB at 12.5 kHz Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the range Audio Power Output 5 watts (external 4.7-ohm speaker), 3 watts (internal 8-ohm speaker) Audio Distortion Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 60% deviation Audio Response +1, –3 dB per octave de-emphasis per standard TIA RF Input Impedance 50 ohms

TRANSMITTER

RF Power Output Medium power version - 15 watts (adjustable to 2-15 watts)

High power version - 30 watts (adjustable to 10-30 watts) Spurious and Harmonic Emissions –70 dB FM Hum and Noise –45 dB (25 kHz), –38 dB (12.5 kHz) Audio Modulation 25 kHz - 16K0F3E (voice) 19K6F1D (data)

NPSPAC - 14K0F3E (voice) 17K6F1D (data) Audio Distortion Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 40% modulation Audio Frequency Response 6 dB per octave pre-emphasis per standard TIA RF Output Impedance 50 ohms Duty Cycle 20% standard TIA

1-7

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

GENERAL INFORMATION

900 MHz 989x SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL

Frequency Range Transmit - 896-902 MHz Std., 935-941 MHz conv. talk-around

Receive - 935-941 MHz Operating Modes LTR (trunked) and Conventional (non-trunked) Systems and Groups Selectable Low Tier: Up to 16 system/group combinations

Mid Tier: Up to 16 systems with up to 16 groups each

High Tier: Variable from 100 1-group to approx. 40 16-group systems Mounting Location Dash (low tier), Dash or Remote (high tier) Transmit/Receive Separation 39 MHz standard, 0 MHz talk-around Channel Spacing 12.5 kHz Frequency Stability 1.5 PPM from –22° to +140° F (–30° to +60° C) Dimensions 2.1” x 6.0” x 7.5” (HxWxD) Weight 3.5 lbs (1.59 kg) Power Requirement 13.6 volts DC nominal, negative ground Current Drain 300 mA maximum (receive standby)

1.5 A maximum (receive, rated audio output)

7.0 A maximum (transmit, 15 W output)

11.0 A maximum (transmit, 30W output)

FCC Compliance Parts 15 and 90

RECEIVER

Sensitivity (12 dB SINAD) 0.35 µV Selectivit y –65 dB Spurious and Image Rejection –70 dB Intermodulation –70 dB Hum and Noise –38 dB Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the range Audio Power Output 5 watts (external 4.7-ohm speaker), 3 watts (internal 8-ohm speaker) Audio Distortion Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 60% deviation Audio Response +1, –3 dB per octave de-emphasis per standard TIA RF Input Impedance 50 ohms

TRANSMITTER

RF Power Output Medium power version - 15 watts (adjustable to 2-15 watts)

High power version - 30 watts (adjustable to 10-30 watts) Spurious and Harmonic Emissions –70 dB FM Hum and Noise –40 dB Audio Modulation 12.5 kHz - 11K0F3E (voice) 11K6F1D (data) Audio Distortion Less than 5% at 1 kHz with 40% modulation Audio Frequency Response 6 dB per octave pre-emphasis per standard TIA Maximum Frequency Spread Any spread within the band RF Output Impedance 50 ohms Duty Cycle 20% standard TIA

1-8

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

SECTION 2 INSTALLATION

INSTALLATION

10 ft

Install

15A Fuse

Optional

Antenna

6 ft

Optional

Speaker

Miniature UHF

Jack

Item

No.

1 Amplified dynamic microphone 250-0740-300 7 Screw, No. 10 self-drilling (4) 575-9077-545 2 Tri-knob (2) 547-0016-008 8 10-ft. DC power cable & hardware 023-9800-410 3 Standard mounting bracket 017-2229-005 9 Accessory pigtail cable (optional) 597-9800-003 4 Microphone hanger 023-3514-001 10 Accessory wire kit (optional) 023-9750-011 5 Screw, 4-24 x 5/16” sheet metal (3) 575-3604-010 11 5”, 4.7 ohm external spkr (optional) 250-0151-010 6 Hanger grounding wire assembly 023-7171-911

Description Part No.

Item

No.

Description Part No.

Figure 2-1 Front Mount Installation Components

2.1 GENERAL

2.1.2 PERFORMANCE TESTS

2.1.1 SCOPE OF INSTRUCTIONS

Although each transceiver is carefully tested and

Since each installation is somewhat unique, the installation instructions which follow are intended only as a general guide to installing this transceiver.

aligned at the factory, it is good practice to verify transceiver performance before it is placed in service. Performance tests are located in Sections 7.5 and 7.6.

2-1

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

2.1.3 TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING

The transceiver needs to be pro grammed before it is placed in service unless it was ordered as factory programmed. Programming i nst ructions are locate d i n the manuals listed in Section 1.1.1. Transceivers are normally shipped with preprogrammed factory test channels and test parameters.

2.1.4 REQUIRED POWER SOURCE

This transceiver is designed for installation in vehicles which have a nominal 12-volt, negative ground electrical system (negative battery terminal connected directly to the chassis). If the vehicle has some other type of electrical system, a voltage converter is required.

2.2 MOUNTING THE TRANSCEIVER

2.2.1 SELECTING A MOUNTING LOCATION

addition, do not place any other objects in the deployment area.

2.2.2 INSTALLATION COMPONENTS

The following mounting kits are used to install the transceiver. These components and other components are shown in Figure 2-1.

Mounting Kit, Part No. 023-9800-030

• Two tri-knobs for attaching the transceiver to the

mounting bracket

• Four No. 10 self-drilling screws

Universal Cable and Hardware Kit

Part No. 023-9800-410 (10 ft) Part No. 023-9800-422 (22 ft)

• 10 ft or 22 ft fused power cable

• Microphone clip and grou nd wire

• One 7A and one 15A fuse (7A not used)

Front mount transceivers are designed for mounting in a location within convenient reach of the operator such as the dash, console, or floor. Remote mount models are designed for mounting in a remote location such as under a seat or in the trunk that is up to 6 feet (or up to 17 feet with optional extension cable) from the control unit.

WARNING

The mounting location of the transceiver or control unit can affect safe operation of the vehicle. Follow these precautions when mounting this transceiver:

• Mount it where it does not interfere with operation

of the vehicle controls.

• Mount it where the operator can easily see the

display and reach the controls.

• Mount it wher e it will be leas t likely to cau se injury

in case of an accident.

• Airbags deploy with great force. Therefore, do not

mount it anywhere near the deployment area. In

2.2.3 ATTACHING MOUNTING BRACKET

Either Standard Mounting Bracket, Part No. 0172229-005, or Low Profile Mounting Bracket, Part No. 017-2229-010, can be used to mount the transceiver. Proceed as follows:

1. Check the area underneath the selected mounting

surface for such things as wires, electrical components, and brake and gas lines that could be damaged when the mounting bracket screws are installed. Then install the mounting bracket using the included self-tapping screws or other screws if desired.

2. Install the transceiver in the bracket using the

included knobs.

3. With front mount transceivers, install the included

microphone hanger in a convenient location using the included sheet metal screws or others. For proper operation of functions such as the monitor mode and scan, the hanger must be connected to chassis ground. If req uired, ground the hanger using the included ground wire.

2-2

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

NEG

6 ft.

POS

10 or 22 ft.

Miniature UHF Jack

Antenna

Description Part No.

Item

No.

5 ft.

11 ft.

Description Part No.

1 ft.

Item

No.

1 Low profile mounting bracket 017-2229-010 9 Hanger ground wire assembly 023-7171-911 2 Screw, No. 10 self-drilling (4) 575-9077-545 10 Amplified dynamic microphone 250-0740-300 3 Tri-knob (2) 547-0016-008 11 Remote control unit --4 Accessory pigtail cable (optional) 597-9800-003 12 Tri-knob (2) 547-0016-008 5 Accessory wire kit (optional) 023-9750-011 13 Mounting bracket, control unit 017-2227-057 6 10-ft. DC power cable & hardware 023-9800-410 14 Screw, No. 10 self-drilling (4) 575-9077-545

22-ft DC power cable & hardware 023-9800-422 15 Flat washer, vulcanized (2) 596-6400-030 7 Microphone hanger 023-3514-001 16 Extension control cable, 11 ft (opt.) 597-9800-009 8 Screw, 4-24 x 5/16” sheet metal (3) 575-3604-010 17 5”, 4.7 ohm external spkr (optional)250-0151-010

Figure 2-2 Remote Mount Installation Components

2.3 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION

It is recommended that both wires of the power cable be connected directly to the vehicle battery. Connection of either wire to ot her point s may resul t in increased interference from the vehicle’s electrical system. If noise is still a problem with both wires connected to the battery, a noise filter should be used.

NOTE: With LTR-Net models, do not connect the power cable to a switched power source such as the ignition switch or a relay. Always use the front panel power switch or the ignition sense input described in Section 2.4.3 to switch power. When power is switch ed externally with LTR-Net models, the de-registration message cannot be sent and the current user settings are not saved.

February 2001

2-3

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

J101

Strain Relief Grommet

Accessory Pigtail Cable

Figure 2-3 Accessory Cable Installation

R170

Proceed as follows to install the power cable:

1. Before beginning power cable installation, remove

the negative cable from the battery to prevent damage from accidental short circuits.

2. Route the red and blue wires of the power cable to

the vehicle battery. Y ou may need t o cut the cabl e if it must be routed through an opening that is not large enough to clear the fuseholder. The -422 kit includes butt splice connectors that can be used to splice the cable back together.

3. Connect the red power cable to the positive (+)

battery terminal. To minimize the chance of a short circuit occurring in an unfused part of the power cable, the fusehol der should be as clos e as possible to the battery terminal.

4. Connect the blue power cable wire to the negative

(–) battery terminal.

5. Both 7- and 15-ampere fuses are included with the

power cable. Install the 15-ampere fuse in this application.

6. Plug the power ca ble int o the tr ansceive r and re connect the negative battery cable.

7. Install the antenna according to the manufacturer’s instructions. This transceiver has a miniature UHF connector. If the antenna has some other type, an adapter is required. Che ck VSWR. Reflected power should be less than 4% of forward power (VSWR less than 1.5 to 1).

2.4 ACCESSORY CABLE INSTALLATION

2.4.1 GENERAL

If transceiver power is to be controlled by the vehicle’s ignition switch, a horn alert installed, or other accessory connector outputs utilized, the optional accessory pigtail cable is i nstalled in the transceiver (see Figure 2-1). Also required is the accessory wire kit which includes two 8-pin connectors which plug into the pigtail cable, two 22-ft and three 2-ft wire assemblies, and a fuseholder assembly. These components are installed as required for each applicatio n. Proceed as follows to install this cable.

2-4

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

Pin Function

1 Speaker Out* 2 Sw Bat Out 3NC 4 Horn Alert 5 Ground 6Ign Sense 7Output D 8NC

* This is a low level output (see Section 2.4.5)

Figure 2-4 Accessory Cable Connector

2.4.2 ACCESSORY PIGTAIL INSTALLATION

1. Remove the bottom cover of the transceiver to access the audio/logic board.

2. Plug the pigtail cable from the kit into J101 as shown in Figure 2-3. The plug can be inser te d only one way.

3. Position the strain relief in the external speaker jack slot of the chassis (see Figure 2-3).

4. If installing the ignition sense function, proceed to the next section to remove R170. Otherwis e, reinstall the bottom cover.

2.4.3 CONNECTING IGNITION SENSE WIRE

NOTE: If the ignition sense function is not used, no transceiver modifications are required and this section can be skipped. However, then be sure that the Ignition Sense Delay T ime is se t t o “Forever/Infinite”. If it is not, improper transceiver operation may result when starting the vehicle.

Accessory Cable From Transceiver

Pin 8

Insert Pin With

Tang Up

Pin 1

• The horn alert (LTR-Net/Multi-Net) may be auto-

matically disabled when the ignition switch is on.

• A transceiver power turn-off delay can be

programmed. Standby curr ent (receive mode, audio squelched) is about 1 ampere.

• With LTR-Net models, the de-registration message

is sent and settings saved (see NOTE on page 2-3).

Removing R170

When the ignition sense function is used, resistor R170 on the audio/logic board must be removed. The general location of th is resi stor is shown in Figure 2- 3, and the exact location is shown in Figure 2-5. Carefully remove R170, taking care not to damage board traces or adjacent components.

General

When the ignition sense line is connected, the

following additional functions are provided:

• The transceiver turns on and off with the vehicle

ignition switch (if the front panel power switch is on).

2-5

Figure 2-5 R170 Location Diagram

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

Installing Ignition Sense Wire Assembly

The ignition sense input is connected using the

connector with the 22- foot red wi re pre-i nstalled i n pin

6. The white jumper between pins 1 and 3 is not used with this transceiver, so it can be clipped off or left as is. It is used only Summit

or Vik ing® HT/GT transceivers to route a udio to t he inter nal spea ker. The other connector and wire assemblies in the kit can also be used if desired.

The red wire from pin 6 (see Figure 2-4) is connected to a 13.6-volt source that is switched by the vehicle ignition switch. Connect this wire using the included fuseholder and 1-amp fuse. Be sure to install the fuse as close as possi ble to the connection point so that it provides optimum short circuit protection.

2.4.4 CONNECTING HORN ALERT WIRE

NOTE: The horn alert feature is not available with SMARTNET/SmartZone models.

To utilize the horn alert, the horn alert output of the accessory connector is connected and special programming is required. When the horn alert sounds, pin 4 of the accessory connector goes low. The disabled condition is a high impedance state.

Maximum sink current of the horn alert output is 500 mA. Therefore, some type of horn alert driver circuit is usually required. If connecting to a relay, a diode should be connected across the relay coil with the cathode toward the battery side. This protects Q100 on the audio/logic board when the relay deenergizes.

The horn alert output is connected by using one of the 22- or 2-foot wire assemblies included in the Accessory Wire Kit. Insert the pin of the wire assembly into the pin 4 slot of the connector as shown in Figure 2-4. Then connect the other end to the horn alert driver.

For this output to operate properly, the audio amplifier requires an 8-ohm load. Therefore, if not using the internal speaker and no speaker is connected to the external speaker jack, connect an 8-ohm, 5-watt resistor to the external speaker jack.

Sw Bat Out (pin 2) - This output can provide a switched battery output current of up to 1.5 A (including the current supplied to the microphone connector). This cur ren t i s limited by fuse F100 on the audio/logic board. CAUTION: Do not chan ge this fuse

to one with a higher current rating because PC board damage may result.

Horn Alert (pin 4) - See Section 2.4.4.

Ignition Sense (pin 6) - See Section 2.4.3.

Output D (pin 7) - This output is available with LTR-

Net/Multi-Net models only. It is controlled by the menu OPTION parameter or by an option switch programmed for that functi on. It can al so be contro lled by several I/O functions (see Appendix B).

2.5 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION

2.5.1 GENERAL

NOTE: Install the remote mount transceiver, power cable, and accessory cable as described in Sections

2.2, 2.3, and 2.4, respectively.

No special control uni t pro gra mming o r PC boar d modifications are required prior to installing the remote control unit. An d iagram showing a remote installation is located in Figure 2-2. As indicated in this diagram, the control unit has a 5-ft pigtail cable and the transceiver has a 1-ft pigtail cable. These cables can be directly connected if the control unit is mounted within approximately 6-ft of the transceiver. Otherwise, the optional 11-ft extension cable can be used to allow a mounting distance of up to approximately 17 feet.

2.4.5 OTHER ACCESSORY CABLE OUTPUTS

Speaker Output (pin 1) - This is a low-level, volume controlled, speaker output. It provides drive to an external device such as an audio power amplifier. The input impedance of the external device should be greater than 20k ohms.

2.5.2 MOUNTING REMOTE CONTROL UNIT

1. Check the area underneath the selecte d mounti ng

surface for such things as wires, electrical components, and brake and gas lines that could be damaged when the mounting bracket screws are

February 2001

2-6

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

Data Pigtail Cable

Accessory

Pigtail Cable

Strain Relief

Two User-Definable Wires

J701

Figure 2-6 Data Cable Installation (-001 Cable Show n)

installed. Then install the mounting bracket using the included self-tapping screws or other screws if desired.

2. Install the control unit in the bracket using the included knobs and vulcanized washers (the washers are installed between the bracket and control unit).

3. Install the included microphone hanger in a convenient location usi ng the included shee t metal screws or other screws. For proper operation of functions such as the monitor mode and scan , the hanger must be connected to c hass is ground. If requir ed, gr ound the hanger using the included ground wire.

2.6 USING AN EXTERNAL SPEAKER

Power output with the internal 8-ohm speaker in the front panel or remote control unit is approxi mately 3 watts. For up to 5 watts of p ower, a 4.7-ohm exter nal speaker can be used. This speaker is plugged into the external speaker jack on the back of the transceiver. This is a standar d 1/8”, two- conductor p hone jack. Th e

J301

internal speaker is automatically disabled when an external speaker is used.

The impedance of the external speaker must not be less than 4.0 ohms. Using a speaker with an impedance less than 4.0 ohms could result in audio amplifier U306 overheating and does not provide 5 watts of power. Therefore, to allow for tolerances, a speaker with a nominal impedance of 4.7 ohms is recommended. The E.F. Johnson remote speaker listed in Figure 2-1 or Table 1-3 meets this requirement. This speaker has a 6-ft cable, and in some applications (such as remote mounting) an extension cable may be required to connect it to the transceiver.

2.7 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION

CAUTION

DO NOT apply power a transceiver that has one of the data cables ins talled wi thout fir st pr op erly te rminating the wires of that cable. These wires carry differing potentials and transceiver damage may result if they inadvertently contact each other.

2-7

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

INSTALLATION

2.7.1 GENERAL

The optional data pigtail cable is supported by Multi-Net versions only. It is installed when a modem or some other type of data de vi ce i s to b e con nec ted to the transceiver. This cable connects the data equipment to data connector J301 on the audio/logic board. Two data cables are available (see Table 1-3), and descriptions of each follow.

Data/Accessory Pigtail Cable, Part No. 597-9800-001

This cable is a combination data and accessory pigtail cable. It does not include a connector for interfacing with

the data equipmen t. The wires are untermi-

nated and connected to a user-supplied connector as desired. The cable has 15 conductors. All 13 pins of J301 are brought out, and there are two additional wires that can be connected inside the transceiver as desired.

Data Pigtail Cable, Part No. 597-9800-005

This is a data cable only (it does not include the accessory cable). The data cable is similar to the one included with the -001 cable. It has 15 unterminated wires, and a user supplied connector is installed as desired.

2.7.2 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION

1. Remove the bottom cover of the transceiver to

access the audio/logic board.

Table 2-1 Data Cable Wire Chart

J301 Pin No. Functi on Wire Color

1 Sw Bat Out White 2 Rx Filt Out Green 3 Tx Filt In Yellow 4 TxD Blue 5 RxD Orange 6TransmitGray 7IN2 Brown 8 Ext Serv Req White/Red

9 Option 1 White/Green 10 Output C White/Black 11 Ext Pwr Sw White/Blue 12 8V Out Red 13 Ground Black

NC User Defined Purple NC User Defined Pink

2.8 KEY CAP KITS

NOTE: To remove a key cap, in ser t a t ool wi th a sharp tip in the slot on the bottom of the cap and carefully pry against the front panel to release the cap.

2.8.1 MULTI-NET AND LTR-NET MODELS

Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-001, is standard with each Multi-Net transceiver and includes the five caps indicated below.

2. Refer to Figure 2-6 an d plug the 13-pin connector of the data cable into J301. If also installing the accessory cable, plug the 7-pi n connector into J701. Refer to Section 2.4 for more accessory cable installat ion information.

3. Refer to the wiring chart in Table 2-1 and connect the data cable wires to the user supplied connector as required for the data equipment being used.

4. If required, install the purple and pink wires to the desired points in the transceiver.

5. Position the strain relief grommet of the accessory/ data cable in the external speaker jack slot of the chassis as shown in Figure 2-6 and reinstall the bottom cover. bottom cover.

FCN SCAN A/D TA AUX

Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-002, is standard with each LTR-Net transceiver and includes the five caps indicated by an asterisk (*) in the list which follows.

An optional key cap kit, Part No. 587-9840-004, is also available which includes all of the caps in the following list:

FCN* SCAN* A/D* ROAM* TEL* TA AUX HOME PAGE HORN C/G PRI USR1 USR2 MON CPND MHNG STLH MICPA BANK EMER ENCPT Rx PA CALL (Blank) (Blank)

February 2001

2-8

Part No. 001-9800-001

2.8.2 SMARTNET/SMARTZONE MODELS

Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-003, is included with each SMARTNET/SmartZone transceiver. This kit includes the five key caps listed below.

EMER F1 F2 F3 SCAN

Key Cap Kit, Part No. 587-9840-105, is also included with each transceiver. This kit includes the key caps shown below.

F1 F2 F3 F4 SCAN BKLHT MSG HORN C/S DISP PRIED SELSQ MON TGSEL PHONE RESP NUIS STATUS TXPWR (Blank) ALERT EMER RWS TONES (Blank)

INSTALLATION

2-9

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

SECTION 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.1 GENERAL TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION

3.1.1 INTRODUCTION

NOTE: A block diagram of the audio and data processing circuitry on the audio/logic board is located in Figure 3-3, and block diagrams of the RF boards are located in Figures 3-4 and 3-7.

The 9800-series transceivers contain the PC board assemblies listed below. Components are mounted on only the top side of all boards. Therefore, most components can be changed without removing the board from the chassis.

Audio/Logic - Control logic and audio processing.

Display - This board contains the LCD display and

controller and interface microcontroller.

Interface - This small board provides the electrical connections between the display and audio/logic boards, and contains the front panel rotary controls and microphone jack.

(F300, 0.6A) limits the c urrent of the 8-vol t supply fe d to modem jack J301. For information on power distribution and switching, refer to Section 3.2.

3.1.3 SYNTHESIZER

The synthesizer output signal is the transmit frequency in the transmit mode and the receive first injection frequency in the receive mode. The synthesizer also pr ovides the r ecei ver s econ d inj ectio n sign al by tripling the TCXO frequency.

Channels are selected by programming the main divider in synthesize r integra ted circuit U804 to divide by a certain number. This programming is provided by microcontroller U101 on the audio/logic board. The minimum frequency resolution is 6.25 or 10 kHz. The frequency stabili ty of the synthesizer i s de termined by the stability of TCXO U806 (Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscillator). The TCXO has a frequency stability of ± 2.0 PPM (UHF) or ± 1.5 PPM (800/900 MHz) from –22° to +140° F (–30 to +60° C).

3.1.4 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD

RF Board - Receiver, synthesizer, and exciter.

PA Board - Transmitter power amplifier.

General descriptions of the main sections such as the receiver, synthesizer, and exciter follow, and detailed descriptions are located in later sections.

3.1.2 CIRCUIT PROTECTION (FUSES)

Circuit protection is provided by a 15-ampere inline power cable fuse, 4-ampere fuse F500 on the RF board (in the unswitched battery supply line from the PA board), and by voltage regulators which automatically limit current. The 15-ampere power cabl e fuse protects the power amplifier module and final stages on the power amplifier board, and the 4-ampere fuse protects the remainder of the circuitry. In addition, there are two fuses on the audio/logic board. One fuse (F100, 2A) limits the current of the switched battery supply fed to accessory connector J101, the microphone jack, and also the display board. The other fuse

Microcontroller U101 on the audio/logic board provides transceiver control functions including synthesizer programming, system and group scan, data encoding and decoding, squelch, and gating of audio and data signals. The audio /l ogi c boar d als o has analog circuitry which provides filtering, amplification, and other processing of the audio, data, and Call Guard signals.

The U101 operating program is stored in Flash EPROM U108. This type of memory can be reprogrammed in the field using the standard programming setup and special programming software. This allows the operating software to be easily update d without the need to change a microprocessor or EPROM. Flash EPROM memory devices retain data indefinitely without the need for battery backup, and can be reprogrammed many times.

Parameters which change from transceiver to transceiver such as programmed system and groups and option key programming are also stored in the

3-1

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

POWER DISTRIBUTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Flash EPROM and also EEPROM U102. This information is programmed when data is downlo aded to the transceiver by the programming software described in Section 4.

A second microcontroller (U2) on the display board controls the front panel display and tri-color indicator and also detects the option switch, Select switch, and microphone on/off hook state. Control information is exchanged between U101 and this microcontroller via a serial bus. The use of a second microcontroller minimizes the number of interconnections that are required between the audio/logic and display boards. The operating program for this microcontroller is permanently stored on the chip and cannot be changed.

3.1.5 RECEIVER

The receiver is a double conversion type with the following intermediate frequencies:

UHF Models - 45 MHz and 450 kHz

800 MHz Models - 52.950 MHz and 450 kHz

900 MHz Models - 45 MHz and 450 kHz

T w o bandp ass f ilt ers i n the f ront end a ttenu ate t he image, half IF, injection, and other f requencies outsid e the selected receive band. Receiver selectivity is enhanced by a four -pol e cryst al fi lter a nd two 450 kHz ceramic filters.

3.1.6 TRANSMITTER

The transmitter amplifies the synthesizer signal to produce a power output of up to either 25 or 40 watts (UHF) or 15 or 30 watts ( 800/90 0 MHz) a t the an tenna jack. Frequency modulation of the transmit signal is performed by modulating the synthesizer TCXO and VCO frequencies. A control circuit senses forward power to maintain constant power output. It also senses final amplifier cur r ent and cuts back power if it becomes excessive.

The use of a digital potentiometer allows the power output to be set from the front panel when the test mode is selected and also allows two different power levels to be programmed for each system. The microcontroller also monitors power amplifier ambient temperature and voltage and cuts back power or disables the transmitter if either are excessive.

3.2 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND SWITCHING

3.2.1 POWER SWITCHING CONTROL

A diagram of the power distribution and switching circuits is shown in Figure 3-1. The main power switching is performed on the RF board by Q510 and other transistors. This switch is controlled by the front panel power switch, the ignition sense input, and the microcontroller as shown in Figure 3-2. For the front panel on-off switch to be detected, Q109 must be turned on by a high signal applied through R170 or from the ignition switch. R170 is installed if the ignition switch is not used to control power. Q107 and Q108 provide power switch on and ignition on signals to the mi crocontroller so t hat it can sense those conditions.

Q110 allows the microcontroller to hold power on for a time after it has been turned off by the power or ignition switch. For example, when the microcontroller senses that power was switched off by the front panel switch, it holds power on for a short time so that switch settings can be saved to memory. It also holds power on when a power-off de la y i s use d. Once power turns off, power is also removed from the microcontroller. Therefore, power can be turned on only by the power and ignition switches.

NOTE: The front panel power switch is a push on, push off type (pressing it toggles between open and closed). It is not a momentary switch.

3.2.2 SUPPLY SWITCHING

When power is turned on by the front panel power switch, the base of Q514 on the RF board is grounded through the power switch. Q514 then turns on which also turns on the Darlington amplifier formed by Q511 and Q512. These transist ors are turned on by a 13.6-volt signal applied through R535. Series-pass transistor Q510 is then turned on and 13 volts appears on its collector. The diodes in CR505 and CR506 become forward biased only if the 8-volt supply applied to the collector of Q514 becomes shorted. This provides current limiting which prevent s damage to the transistors.

Q513 controls the Q511 base current in order to maintain approximately a 0.8-volt drop across the emitter and collector of Q510. This provides noise

3-2

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

POWER DISTRIBUTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Power

Cable

Vehicle Battery

Transceiver

Chassis

Ground

Power

Connector

15A

Fuse

Interface Board (High Tier Only)

Front Panel

On-Off Sw

Power On-Off Latch

Low Tier Only

From Ignition

Power Amplifier

Board

CR600

J3 J302

U113A-D

Switch

R533

Switch

Q510

RF Board

Sw Bat

Regulator

U501

8V Tx

Switch

Q504

5.5V

Regulator

U502

Unsw Bat

Transient

Suppressor

J600

1 2

J501

On-Off Sw

Low Tier

F500

Unsw Bat

High Tier

Front Panel

On-Off Sw

On-Off

Latch

(A/L Bd)

From Latch

U112 A/L Bd

From Shift Reg U801

Figure 3-1 Power Distribution and Switching

Audio/Logic Board RF Board

Power Switch

Sense Q107 Q108

J100

To uC, Pin 60

Q109

20 18

Unsw Bat

R170

This Resistor Installed If

Ignition Sense Not Connected

Ignition On

Sense

To uC, Pin 62

Power Hold

From Shift Reg

U111, Q7

Unsw Bat

J201

J302

Sw Bat

8V Tx

5.5V

High

Tier Only

Display Board

Interface

Board

J2 J1 J1

Sw Bat

Supply

Switching

Circuit

Unsw Bat

Q510

J201

Q110

Note: Arrows Indicate Signal Flow.

Audio/Logic

Board

J100

Sw Bat

Microphone

Jack

Vcc

Regulator

U105

F100

Sw Bat

filtering of the 13.6-volt supply. The emitter of Q513 is biased at about 4.5 volts by R538 and R542 (with a battery voltage of 13.6 volts). CR504 mirrors the baseemitter voltage of Q513, and the voltage across R541 is the same as the voltage across R542 when the voltage applied to R536 is approximately 12.8 volts.

Noise pulses less than 1.6 volt P-P then do not

appear on the output of Q510 because of the emitter

Figure 3-2 Power On-Off Co ntrol Circuit

voltage filtering provided by C565. This reduces the amount of noise applied to circuits powered by the switched 13.6-volt supply such as audio power amplifier U306. Additional filtering of the switched and unswitched battery supplies is provided by C548C553. Resistor R534 turns Q514 off when power is turned off.

3-3

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.3 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD DIGITAL CIRCUIT

3.3.1 MICROCONTROLLER (U101)

General

The control logic is based on an MC68HC11F1 eight-bit microcontroller (U101). This device has an internal 1K-byte static RAM and 512-byte EEPROM but no internal ROM or EEPROM. Therefore, all program memory is contained in the external flash memory device (U108). In addition, the microcontroller has several general purpose input and output pins, an eight-channel A/D converter, and synchronous (SPI) and asynchronous (SCI) serial ports. The A/D converter port allows analog signals to be monitored such as the power amplifier temperature, RSSI signal, and vehicle battery voltage.

Separate buses are used for data and memory addressing. The data bus consists of D0-D7, and the address bus consists of A0-A15. The operating speed of the microcontroller is set by crystal Y100. The 9.38 MHz frequency of this cryst al is d ivide d by an in terna l divider to produce a lower internal operating frequency.

T empor ary dat a stor age is provide d by a n inte rnal 1K x 8 RAM in microcontroller U101 and by external 8K x 8 RAM U107. These devices are used as a “scratchpad” during program execution.

Reset

The microcontroller resets when po wer is turned on and also when the 5-volt supply drops below the normal range. Reset clears several internal registers and restarts the operating program. This prevents improper operation which may result during low voltage conditions.

The microcontroller resets itself automatically for 4064 clock cycles when power is applied to the VCC input. Low-voltage reset is triggered by low-voltage sensor U100. When the 5-volt supply drops to approximately 4.25 volts, the RESET output goes low. This resets the microcontroller and also inhibits operation for as long as it is low. The microcontroller also has internal reset circuits w hich trigger reset if problems occur with the clock signal, illegal op codes, or the watchdog timer circuit.

Memory

The operating program and most of the personality information used by the microcontroller is stored in 128K x 8 Flash EPROM U108. The use of a Flash memory device allows the program to be conveni en tl y updated using the standard programming setup and special Flash programming software. This eliminates the need to replace the microcontroller or a memory device such as an EPROM. To reprogram the Flash device, the microcontroller is placed in a special bootstrap mode by turning power on with the MODA/ MODB inputs pulled low. This is done by the RPI by applying 20 volts to the PTT pin of the microphone jack.

Radio tuning information is stored in the 512byte EEPROM in microcontroller U101. External 4K x 8 EEPROM U102 is used in high tier and data models to store additiona l personality informat ion. An EEPROM can be programmed many times, does not require a constant power supply, and retains data indefinitely.

Reset is also triggered when the transceiver is Flash programmed. A low pulse is created by C363 and R421 when the MODA/MODB inputs of the microcontroller are pulled low to initiate this programming. This automatically pl ace s the microcontroller in the flash programming mode. However, reset does not occur when flash programming is complete, so power must be turned off a nd then o n again t o resume normal operation.

Data Bus

A bi-directional data bus consisting of D0-D7 is used to transfer data in and out of the microcontroller. It is used t o tra nsfer para llel data in and out o f memory chips U107 (high tier only) and U108, and also program latches U110-U112. The logic level on the R/W

pin determines the direction of data on the data bus. If it is high, data is read into U101, and if it is low, data is written out. The E output goes high to indicate when data on the data bus is valid or when an external device can place data on the data bus.

3-4

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Address Bus

The address bus consisting of A0- A1 5 is use d for addressing the memory location in U107 or U108 that data is being written to or read from. In addition, it provides chip select signals to latches U110-U112. Refer to Section 3.3.2 fo r more information on memory and I/O addressing.

A/D Converter Inputs

VRH/VRL - These inputs provide the reference voltages for the A/D converter circuitry. R115 and C105 attenuate noise present in the 5-volt supply applied to VRH.

PE0 - RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indicator) input from limiter/detector U201 in the receiver. This signal is used along with the squelch signal to determine when valid data may be present and when to unmute the receive audio.

PE1 - Battery voltage input. The switched 13.6-volt supply is divided down by R161 and R168 to provide a 0-5 volt input. If the battery voltage is excessively high, the transmitter is disabled.

PE2 - Power amplifier temperature input from thermistor R601 on the PA board. The DC voltage of this signal decreases as temperature increases.

PE3 - Lock detect input from synthesizer IC U804. If this signal is high (near 5 volts) the synthesizer is locked on frequency (see Section 3.7.6).

PE4 - Power switch sense input. This input is high when the power switch is on and low when it is off. When the off condition is sensed, the microcontroller saves the current settings and then powers down the transceiver by turning Q110 off (see Section 3.2.1).

PE5 - Ignition switch sense input. This input is low when the ignition switch is on and high when it is off. The microcontroller senses the ignition switch to control such features as the power-off delay and horn alert.

PE7 - This input senses the voltage on the IN3 pin of Option 1 slot wire-out W301.

Serial Peripheral Interface Port (SPI), OR Gate (U103)

This serial port is formed by the MOSI, MISO, and SCK pins (31, 30, 32) of the microcontroller. It is a synchronous port which means that a clock signal is used to indicate when data on the data line is valid. This port has both master and sla ve conf igu rations a nd in this appl ication, the master configuration is always used. In the master configuration the microcontroller generates the clock and other signals.

MOSI (Master Out, Slave In) - This is the serial data output for the port.

MISO (Master In, Slave Out) - This is the se ri al data input for this port.

SCK - Serial clock output. This pin provid es the cloc k signal to all devices served by this port.

This port provides two-way serial data communication with EEPROM U102 (high tier and data models) and microcontroller U2 on the display board (high tier only). In addition, it provides programming data to the RF board for shift registers U800 and U801, digital potentiometer U802, and synthesizer IC U804 (see Section 3.7.8). It also provides programming data to shift register U305 (on the audio/logic board) which controls the squelch level.

OR gates U103A-D provide routing of the serial port signals to the RF and display boards. When the PD5 output (pin 33) of the microcontroller goes low, U103A and U103B route the data and clock signals to the RF board and shift register U305. Then when the Q4 output (pin 15) of latch U110 goes low, U103D routes the clock signal to th e displ ay board and U103C routes the display board data signal to the MISO pin. When communicating with the display board, PD5 goes high to block the data path through U103A and U103B.

Asynchronous Serial Communications Interface (SCI)

PE6 - This input senses the voltage on the IN2 pin of data modem connector J301 and Option 2 slot wire-out W311.

This is a full duplex serial port formed by the RxD (data input) and TxD (data output) pins (28, 29) of the microcontroller. This port uses a standard non-

February 2001

3-5

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

return-to-zer o (NRZ) for mat consi sting of one s tart b it, eight or nine data bits, and one stop bit.

This port is used to provide data communication with the computer used to program the transceiver. Connection is made via the front panel microphone connector. Another use for this port is data communication with an external data device such as a modem. Connection is made via connector J301. Communication cannot occur simultaneously over both of these paths.

Other General Purpose Inputs and Outputs

The PA0-PA7 pins are used for general purpose inputs and outputs as follows:

PA0 - Input for PTT signal from the microphone jack and W302/W312 option slot wire-outs. This signal is low when the transmitter is keyed.

PA1 - Input for the receive LTR or Call Guard data signal.

PA2 - Service request input from microcontroller U2 on the display board. This tell s U101 tha t it has dat a to send on the SPI bus described previously.

and the data appears on data bus lines D0-D7. Chip select is performed by pulling the CE1 input (pin 20) low. The CE2 input is always pulled high by R114. The A13 and A14 address lines can be connected by changing jumpers if a 16K or 32K part is required. Data is read from U107 by pulling the OE input (pin

22) low. Likewise, data is written by pulling the WE input (pin 27) low. See the U104 description which follows for more information.

Flash EPROM (U108)

As described in Section 3.3.1, U108 can store up to 128K bytes of data. The memory space is arranged as 32K of common code space and twelve 8K blocks of bank code space. The A15 line of the microcontroller determines if common or bank code space is selected. When A15 is high, common space is selected, and when it is low, bank space is selected.

The A15 line controls the four two-input multiplexers in U109. When A15 is low, the A input is connected to Y which routes the PG0-PG3 outputs of the microcontroller to U108. PG0-PG3 then select the desired bank. Then when A15 is high, the B input is routed to Y and the A13-A15 address lines of the microcontroller are routed to U108.

PA3 - Input from the Option 1 pin of modem connector J301.

PA4/PA5 - Transmit LTR/Call Guard data output. These two outputs are used to create a pseudo sinewave signal. See Section 3.5.4 for more information.

PA6 - Output for supervisory tones generated by the microcontroller such as busy and out-of-range.

PA7 - Input from the squelch circuit (see Section

3.4.4). When the received signal strength increases to the squelch threshold level, this input goes high. The microcontroller uses this information to determine when receive data is valid and to control audio muting.

3.3.2 MEMORY AND LATCH PROGRAMMING

RAM U107

When a data read or write to U107 occurs, the

location in U107 is selected by address lines A0-A12,

Therefore, when a data read or write to U108 occurs, the lower 13 bits of the address are specified by address lines A0-A12 and the rest of the address is specified as just described . The data appea rs on data bus lines D0-D7. Data is read from U108 by pulling the OE pulling the WE

input (pin 24) low, and data is written by

input (pin 31) low. Refer to the following U104 description for more information. Chip select is provided by pulling the CE

input (pin

22) low.

Read/Write Strobe Select (U104A-D)

NAND gates U104C and U104B select the read and write signals applied to U107 and U108. When a memory read occurs, the R/W

output of the microcontroller goes high. This signal is inver ted by U104C and applied to the OE operation occurs, the R/W

of U108. When a memory write

output of the microcontroller goes low. U104B is then enabled by the high output of U104C, and the high E signal is inverted by U104B and applied to the WE

pin of U107 and to

U104D.

3-6

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

NAND gates U104A and U104D provide gating of the write signal to U108. Data is written to this device only during Flash programming. Therefore, when Flash programming occurs, the Q3 output (pin

16) of shift register U 111 goes high which enables U104A. A double inversion of the write signal then occurs and it is applied to the WE

input of U108.

Latch Programming (U106, U110-U112)

Decoder U106 provides chip select to octal latches U110, U111, and U112. When data is written to U106 address space, a low signal is applied to chip select input G2A

(pin 4) and a high signal is appl ied to chip select input G1 (pin 6). The thre e address bits applied to the A, B, and C inp uts of U106 sel ect on e of the eight outputs. When an output is selected, it goes low.

Data is latched by U110-U112 on a rising edge of a clock signal from U106. Therefore, when the U106 output is disabled, data is latched. The outputs of the latches are enabled when the OC

input (pin 1 ) is low, and the outputs are a high impedance state when it is high.

3.4 RECEIVE AUDIO/DATA PROCESSING

NOTE: A block diagram of the audio and data processing circuitry is shown in Figure 3-3.

3.4.1 AMPLIFIER (U301B)

The demodulated receive audio/data signal from limiter/detector U201 in the receiver is applied to amplifier U301B. The gain of this amplifier is controlled by analog swi tch U307B. The gain is highe r for narrow-band (12.5 kHz) channels to compensate for the lower detected signal le vel that resul ts from the lower deviation used with those channels. The gain is approximately four wi th narrowba nd channel s and two with wideband (25 kHz) channels.

The control input of U307B (pin 5) is low for narrowband channels and high for wideband channels. When it is high, the switch is closed and R327 is switched into the circuit. This adds more feedback which decreases the gain. The control signal comes from the Q0 output (pin 19) of latch U111. Transistor Q305 inverts this signal and also provides level

translation from 5-volt logic levels of U111 to the 8volt logic levels of U307B.

From U301B the receive audio/data signal is fed to audio, data, and squelch circuits. Refer to the following descriptions for more information.

3.4.2 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING

Bandpass Filter (U301C, U301D)

U301C and U301D form a bandpass filter which passes frequencies in the 300-3000 Hz range. This attenuates frequenci es below 300 Hz such as LTR data and Call Guard signaling, and frequencies above 3 kHz such as noise. These stages also provide 6 dB per octave de-emphasis to remove the pre-emphasis that was added to the signal when it was transmitted.

Mute Gate (U307C), Summing Amplifier (U301A)

The receive audio signal is then routed via the option wireouts to mute gate U307C. This gate mutes the signal when no carrier is being received or if the message is intended for someone else. It is controlled by the Q5 output (pin 14) of latch U110. When the audio signal is muted, t his outpu t is high. T his signal is then inverted by Q301 resulting in a low signal on the control input (pin 6) of gate U307C.

U301A is a summing amplifier which combines the supervisory tone signal from microcontroller pin 36 (PA6) with the receive audio signal. Supervisory tones include the busy and intercept tones and other beeps that are heard by the user. C320 provides additional feedback of t he higher f requenci es present in the square-wave output of the microcontroller. C323 and R352 also provide shaping of this signal.

Audio Power Amplifier (U306)

The output signal from U301A is fed to the microphone connector through C321 and to audio power amplifier U306. This is a 5-watt (wit h an 8-ohm load) bridge-type amplifier. Therefore, both outputs are connected directly to the speaker and neither speaker terminal is grounded. Thi s devi ce is int er nal ly protected from damage resulting from shorting either output to ground or B+, or shortin g acr oss the out put s.

3-7

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

From

Receiver

Rx Audio/Data

From

Logic

From

Logic

Microphone

From

Logic

Gain Adjust

TRANSMIT DATA

From Logic

RECEIVE AUDIO

Amplifier

U301B

U307B

Serial Data

Microphone

Amplifier

U303B

Mic Audio Gate Control

Low Pass Filter

< 140/211 Hz

Data

Bandpass Filter/

De-Emphasis

300-3000 Hz

U301C,

U301D

Low-Pass Filter

< 140/211 Hz

U300B,

U300C

Q300

Bandpass Filter

U304A

TRANSMITAUDIO

High Pass Filter

> 300 Hz

U303C

Tx Data Gate

U304A

U307C

Rx Audio

Gate

RECEIVE DATA

Data

Detector

U300D,

U300A

Comparator

U304B

U305

Mic Audio

Gate

U308B

Q307

Q301

Digital

Squelch

Control

Amplifier

U303D

Summing

Amplifier

U301A

SQUELCH

Q302

Pre-Emphasis/

Limiter

U303A

Rx Audio Gate Control

Supervisory Tones

Audio

Amplifier

U306

Front Panel

Volume Control

(9842)

Audio Mute Control

Digital Receive Data

Filter Bandwidth Control

Squelch Signal

Splatter Filter

> 3 kHz U302B,

U302C

Analog Transmit Data

Audio

U309

From Logic

Speaker

Digital Volume

Control

(98x1)

From Logic

To Logic

From Logic

To Logic

To Synthesizer

From Logic

Tx Audio Gate Control

Figure 3-3 Audio and Data Processing Circuitry Block Diagram

Pin 5 is the input o f an in terna l ga in cont rol s tage. Gain increases in proportion to increases in the DC voltage on this pin. With the low tier models, volume control is provided b y a D/A conv erter fo rmed by sh ift register U309 and several resistors. The six-bit output controls the volume in 64 steps. U309 is programmed by the SPI bus described in Section 3.3.1. With the mid and high tier models, the front panel volume control is part of a voltage divider which includes R356 and R426.

If the voltage on pin 5 falls below approximately

0.4 volt DC, the output is muted. Speaker muting is

controlled by the Q7 output (pin 12) of latch U110. When this output goes high, inverter/level translator Q302 turns on which gro unds the vol ume contro l input of U306 and mutes the speaker.

3.4.3 RECEIVE DATA PROCESSING

The receive audio/data signal from amplifier U301B is applied to a low-pass filter formed by U300B and U300C. This filter attenuates voice and harmonic frequencies occurring above the data band.

February 2001

3-8

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The passband of thi s f i lt er is controlled by t he Q1 output (pin 18) of latch U111. When LTR or digital Call Guard data or low-f requency Call Guard tones are received, this output goes high which turns Q300 on. This switches additional capacitance into the circuit and the filter cut-off frequency decreases to approximately 150 Hz. Then when h igh-f requen cy Call Guard tones are received, the output go es low and turn s Q300 off. This increases the cut-off frequency to approximately 220 Hz.

From U300C the data signal is fed to a DC restoration circuit formed by U300D and U300A. This circuit converts it from an analog signal fl oating at half supply to a digital signal at 0 and 5 volt leve ls that can be detected by the microcontroller. U300D is a standard noninverting amplifier with a gain set by R308, R316, and R317 (R317 is AC grounded by C309).

Two attenuation levels are selected by gate U307D similar to gate U307B described in Section

3.4.1. When wideband (25 kHz ) chan nel s a re sel ec te d, the control input (pin 12) of U307D is high and R317 is effectively shorted which increases gain. The gain of U300D is approximately 3 with wideband channels and 2 with narrow-band channels. This compensates for excess amplification of the data signal in the narrowband mode by U301B.

The CR301 diodes charge and discharge C309 to establish a DC reference on pin 2 of comparator U300A. This reference voltage is the average of the positive and negative alternations of the data signal. When pin 3 of U300A rises above the refer ence on pin 2, the output goes high (8 volts) and vice versa. Voltage divider R304/R311 provides the 5-volt level required by the microcontroller.

3.4.4 SQUELCH CIRCUIT (U304A, U304B)

The receive audio, data, and noise signal from amplifier U301B is applied to a bandpass filter and amplifier formed by U304A and other components. This stage attenuates voice frequencies and LTR and Call Guard signaling so that only noise frequencies in the range of approximately 7-8 kHz are passed. The output signal of U304A is applied across a resistor network which sets the input level to a rectifier. Thermistor R318 provides temperature compensation of this network.

C304 charges t hrough the forward bi ased diod e in CR300 and discharg es throu gh R306. C3 03 dis char ges through the other diode in CR300. When the voltage on pin 6 of comparator U304B rises above the reference on pin 5, the out put go es low. For example, when received signal strength is low, more noise is rectified which causes the voltage on pin 6 of U304B to increase and the output on pin 7 to go low (squelched condition). A voltage divider formed by R416 and R417 reduces the 8-volt output of U304B to the 5-volt level required by the microcontroller.

The squelch threshold level is set by a D/A converter formed by shift register U305 and several resistors. The eight-bit output of U305 can control the reference voltage applied to U304B in 256 st eps. U305 is programmed by the SPI serial port described in Section 3.3.1. R310 provides hysteresis to the threshold level to prevent intermittent squelc hing when receiving a weak or fading signal.

3.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA PROCESSING

NOTE: A block diagram of the audio and data processing circuitry is shown in Figure 3-3.

3.5.1 MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER (U303B),

HIGH-PASS FILTER (U303C)

The microcontroller uses the output from the squelch circuit and also the RSSI output of the limiter/ detector (see Secti on 3.8. 4) to de termin e when to mut e and unmute the receive a udio and also whe n valid data may be present. The squelch circuit is controlled by the amount of nois e present in the receive audio sig nal. When no signal or a weak signal is being received, there is a large amount of noise present. Conversely, when a strong signal is received, there is very little noise present.

The microphone audio signal is coupled by C349 to amplifier U303B which provides a gain of approximately two. R410, R414, and C354 provide a bias voltage of approximately 3.2 volts on the noninverting input. An 8-volt supply voltage to the microphone amplifier is provide d by R40 1, C348, and R406.

From U303B the microphone signal i s couple d by C350 to a high-pass filter formed by U303C and several other components. This filter attenuates

February 2001

3-9

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC DESCRIPTION (ALL MODELS)

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

frequencies below 300 Hz that could cause interference with LTR data and Call Guard signals.

Gate U308B blocks the microphone signal when microphone audio is not trans mitted such as dur ing the data handshake to set up the call. A high signal on pin 5 closes the gate and passes the signal. This gate is controlled by the Q6 output (pin 13) of latch U110. Transistor Q307 functions as an inverter and level translator.

3.5.2 SUMMING AMPLIFIER (U303D), PRE-

EMPHASIS/LIMITER (U303A)

U303D amplifies the transmit audio signal and also the transmit data signal from an optional modem if one is used. Jumper R398 is installed to route the modem signal to U303D and the filtering circuitry, or jumper R399 is installed to route a wideband signal directly to the synthesizer so that it bypasses the filtering circuitry. U308A closes when wideband (25 kHz) channels are sel ected . This b ypasses R403 whic h provides a higher deviation level with those channels.

NOTE: If the wideband da ta inp ut is use d, the exter nal device must provide FCC-approved modulation limiting and splatter filter circuitry and a stable DC level.

The output signal from U303D is then routed via the option wireouts to U303A which provi de s li mit ing and 6 dB per octave pre-emphasis. This stage is an amplifier which limits by satu rating. Limiti ng prevents over-modulation caused by high-level input signals. R370 and R378 set the input level to the next stage, and C334 provides DC blocking.

3.5.4 TRANSMIT DATA CIRCUIT (U302D, U302A)

The transmit LTR data and Call Guard tone/data signals are generat ed by th e microcont roller on pins 37 and 38. The four logic combinations possible with these two outputs are applied to a resistor network consisting of R389, R392, R386, and R395. This network creates a four-step pseud o sine wave from the digital outputs. This signal is applied to a low-pass filter formed by U302D and U302A. This filter attenuates harmonics present in the signal which provides smoothing of the stepped sine wave.

The passband of this filter is controlled by Q306 which switches additional capacitance into the circuit. When LTR or digital Call Guard data or lowfrequency tone Call Guard signaling is being transmitted, Q306 is turned on and the cut-off frequency decreases to approximately 150 Hz. Then when a high-frequency tone Call Guard signal is being transmitted, Q306 is turned off and the cut-off frequency increases to appr oxi mately 220 Hz. Q306 is controlled by the same signal used to control Q300 in the receive data circuit (see Section 3.4.3).

U308C provides gating of the transmit data signal. When the control input (pin 6) is high, the gate is closed and the signal is passed. Test gate U307A is used in the test mode to bypass the data filter to provide the wideband data signal required for setting modulation balance. Q303 and Q308 provide level translation and inversion. The transmit data signal is then fed to d igital pote ntiometer U802 on the RF board which sets the data deviation level. Refer to Section 3.7.4 for more information.

3.6 DISPLAY BOARD

3.5.3 SPLATTER FILTER (U302B, U302C)

U302B and U302C form a five-pole, low-pass splatter filter which attenuates frequencies above 3 kHz. This prevents adjacent channel in te rf ere nce. Frequencies over 3 kHz may be produced if limiting occurs in the limiter stage just described. The signal is then fed to digital potentiometer U802 on the RF board which sets the deviation level. Refer to Section

3.7.4 for more information.

Control of most display board functions is provided by microcontroller U2. This device contains a 2K byte ROM and 128 byte RAM and has 20 I/O lines. It communicates with microcontroller U101 on the audio/logic board via the SPI serial bus consisting of SCK, MOSI, and MISO lines (see Section 3.3.1). When there is data to send to the audio/logic board, such as if an option switch is pressed, U2 issues a service request on the Service Request Out line (J1, pin 6).

February 2001

3-10

Part No. 001-9800-001

DISPLAY DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The functions controlled by U2 are as follows:

• Display controller U1 programming

• Backlight control

• Transmit/Busy indicator CR4 control

• Front panel option switch detection

• Front panel Select switch detection

• Microphone hanger off-hook detection.

The use of a separate microcontroller on the display board minimizes the number of interconnections required with the audio/logic board because separate lines are not required for each of the preceding functions.

When the front panel Select switch is pressed, the two PBNO lines are shorted together. Then when it is rotated clockwise, low pulses appear on the CW line, and when it is rotated counterclockwise, low pulses appear on the CCW line. The contrast and viewing angle of the display are set by potentiometer R46.

3.7 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

(UHF MODELS)

3.7.1 INTRODUCTION

The synthesizer block diagram is part of the RF/ PA board diagram shown in Figure 3-4. The synthesizer output signal is produced by a VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) located in a separate module attached to the RF b oard. Th e fre quency o f the VCO is controlled by a DC voltage from the phase detector in synthesizer integrated circuit U804.

The phase detector senses the phase and frequency difference between a highly stable signal from the reference oscillator (fR) and a frequency produced by dividing down the VCO signal (fV). When the signal from the VCO is the same as the reference frequency, the VCO is on the correct frequency . If the VCO-derived signal is not the same, the VCO control voltage increases or decreases to change the VCO frequency until they are the same. The VCO is then “locked” on frequency.

The reference input (fR) to the phase detector is produced by dividing down the signal from reference oscillator U806. The fR input is 50 kHz for all UHF channels. Therefore, the reference divider in U804

divides the 14.850 MHz reference oscillator signal by

297. The TCXO frequency stabili ty is 2.0 PPM, so thi s is also the stability of the synthesizer (and the second injection signal which is derived from the TCXO frequency).

The VCO-derived input t o the phase detector (fV) is the VCO frequency di vided down by programmable dividers in synthesizer U804. The prescaler and main divider are programmed for each channel to produce an input frequency to the phase detector (fV) that is the same as the 50 kHz refer enc e frequency (fR) when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency. Refer to Section 3.7.5 for more information on U804 operation.

3.7.2 VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR

Introduction

The VCO module is a sepa rate assemb ly that is soldered directly to the RF board and covered by a metal shield. It uses a ceramic substrate that can easily be damaged by excessive heat; therefore, it is recommended that modules which have been removed using a standard soldering iron not be reused. In addit ion, the VCO center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic resonator L101. Therefore, it is not possible to adjust this freque ncy if it chang es as the result of changing a part. For these reasons, the VCO is consi dered not f ield serviceable.

Oscillator (Q102)

The VCO is formed by bipolar transistor Q102, ceramic resonator L101, and several capacitors and varactor diodes. It oscillates at the transmit frequency in the transmit mode and 45 MHz below the receive frequency in the receive mode (the first injection frequency).

Biasing of Q102 is provided by R108 and R112, and stabilization is provided by R114. Inductor L102 functions as an RF choke, and an AC voltage divider formed by C112, C115, and C119 starts and maintains oscillation and matches Q102 to the tank circuit.

The tank circuit consists of laser tuned inductor L101, varactor diodes CR101, CR103-CR106, and several capacitors. Inductor L101 is laser trimmed to

3-11

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

set the VCO to the center of the operating band when the control voltage is at its midpoint.

The output signal on the collector of Q102 is coupled by C108 to a cascode buffer amplifier formed by Q100 and Q101. This is a shared-bias amplifier which provides amplification and also isolation between the VCO and stages which follow. C113 provides impedance matching on the input, and the resistors in the circu it provide bi asing and sta bilizat ion (R100 also provides current limiting). C100, C101, and C106 are RF decoupling capacitors, and C105 provides an AC ground on the base of Q100.

The output signal on the collector of Q101 is directly coupled to the emitter of Q100. Impedance matching on the output of Q100 is provided by L100, C102, and C103. Resistor R102 lowers the Q of L100 to make is less frequency selective. The VCO signal is then fed to buffer Q801 and synthesizer chip U804 on the RF board.

VCO Frequency Shifting

In a particular UHF band, the VCO must be capable of producing frequencies from the receiver first injection frequency for the lowest channel up to the transmit frequency for the highest channel. Since the first injection frequency is 45 MHz below the receive frequency and the frequency band could be up to approximately 42 MHz wide, this results in a required VCO frequency spread of up to 87 MHz. If this large frequency shift was achieved only by varying the VCO control volt age, the VCO gain would be undesirably high. Instead, capacitance is switched in and out of the tank circuit to provide a coarse shift in frequency and fine shift is provided by the control voltage.

This switching is provided by PIN diodes CR104 and CR105 and controlled by a logic signal from the Q0 and Q1 outputs (pins 4 and 5) of shift register U800. When a PIN diode i s for w ar d b ia sed, i t presents a very low impedance to RF si gnals. Conver sely, when it is reverse biased, it presents a very high impedance to RF signals.

Forward biasing one of these PIN diodes adds capacitance to the tank c ircuit which lowers its resonant frequency. Capacitance is added to the circuit when the con t rol signal is low. Therefore, the lowest

frequency is selected when both control lines are low, and the highest frequency is selected when both are high.

For example, when Shift 1 goes low, CR104 is forward biased by current flowing through R103 and L105. Capacitor C111, which is part of the tank circuit, is then effectively AC grounded through CR104 and C107/C123. The control line is isolated from tank circuit RF by choke L105 and decoupling capacitor C104. The Shift 1 and Shift 2 logic signals for each band segment are listed in Section 4.3.3.

Frequency Control and Modulation

Fine VCO frequency control is performed by varying the DC voltage across varactor diodes CR103 and CR106 (coarse control is provided as described in the preceding description). As the DC voltage applied to a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capacitance decreases. Therefore, the VCO frequency increases as the control voltage increases and vice versa. The amount of frequency change produced by CR103 is set by series capacitor C118 and varactor diode CR106. The control line is isolated from tank circuit RF by L103 and C122.

The VCO is frequency modulated in a similar manner. Another capacitance leg of the tank circuit is formed by C116 and CR101. The audio and data modulation signal is applied across varactor diode CR101, and a fixed bi as fr om a vol tage d ivider forme d by R853 and R854 is applied through R851 to pin 5. Isolation and fi lter ing of thi s DC s upply i s pr ovided by C838, C839, C840, and R852. Refer to Section 3.7.4 for more information on modulation.

3.7.3 ACTIVE FILTER (Q800), BUFFER

AMPLIFIER (Q801)

Q800 functions as a capacitance multiplier to provide a filtered 5.5-vol t supply to the VCO. Resist or R827 provides bias, and C814 provides the capacitance that is multiplied. CR800 decreases the time required to charge C814 when power is turned on. If a noise pulse or other voltage change appears on the collector, the base voltage does not change significantly because of C814. Therefore, base current does not change and the voltage on the emitter remains constant.

3-12

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

udio Rx A

To Audio/Logic Bd

er/Detector

Second Mix

our Pole

Crystal Filter

45 MHz F

Q202

Mixer

Receiver

RSSI To

U201

Z204

Audio/Logic Bd

Z205

Z206

Q207

Tripler

14.850 MHz

Rx Freq - 45 MHz

450 kHz

MHz

44.550

Injection

Ceramic Filter

Z202

Switching

Q205/

Switch/Inverter

Amplifier

Q204

450 kHz

Ceramic Filters

Q206

Rx Freq - 45 MHz

Synthesiz

er IC

U804

Synthesiz

Shift

erence Ref

Q801

Buffer Amplifier

VCO

VCO Control

Lock

Phase

Detector

Main

Divider

64/65

Module

udio/Data Tx A

Detect

Divider

Prescaler

U802D

Control

Prescaler

Charge

Current

Tx Freq

Adjust

Tx Modulation

Exciter

8V Transmit

From A/L Bd

Delayed

Transmit

Power Control

wer Po

Forward

Switch

Power

Current

Battery

Q505

Q504/

U801

Adj

Sense

First

Amplifier

Second

Third

Predriver

Antenna

Q506

Q507

Amplifier

Q508

Amplifier

Q509Q600

iver Dr

Q601

Final

Switch

CR601,

Q509

(470-512 MHz)

Q510

(470-512 MHz)

Q511

(470-512 MHz)

Q512

(470-512 MHz)

CR603

Control

Frequency

Two-Pole

L204/L206

Bandpass Filter

Q201

RF Amp

Control

Frequency

Two-Pole

L200/L201

Bandpass Filter

Control

Frequency

Shift Register

U802C

Balance Adj

U806

TCXO

14.850 MHz

Tx Modulation

U803

R821

Level Adjust

Summing Amp

U802A

DataTxData

U802B

Audio

Channel

Programming

Q2Q3Q4Q0Q1

U800

rom

Control F

Audio/Logic Bd

Figure 3-4 RF Block Diagram (UHF Models)

3-13

Power Amplifier Board

Power

Amplifier

Antenna

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

Coupler

Directional

Filter

Harmonic

UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Part of the VCO output signal is fed out of the VCO on pin 2 and applied to a second harmonic filter formed by C842 and L802. A 50-ohm load is provi ded by R855, with C841 providing impedance matching.

Part of the VCO sign al is a ls o f ed out of t he VCO on pin 1 and applied to a 50-ohm, 3 dB pad formed by R842, R839, and R843. The signal is then fed to buffer amplifier Q801. Impedance matching is provided by C822, C826, and L801, and temperature-compensated bias is provided by R830, R833, R844, and CR801. Transistor Q801 provides isolation and also amplifies the signal to produce an output level of approximately 0 dBm. Capacitors C817 and C813 decouple RF signals, and L800, C818, C827, R836, R837, and R847 provide impedance matching and the proper signal levels to the receiver and exciter. R832 lowers the Q of L800 to make it less frequency selective.

3.7.4 VCO AND TCXO MODULATION

NOTE: If the wideband da ta inp ut is use d, the exter nal device must pr ovi de FCC-approved modul ati on li mit ing and splatter filter circuitry and a stable 2.5 VDC reference level.

audio signal is applied to pins 2 and 4 which are the wiper and one leg of a potentiometer. It is fed out on pin 3 which is the other leg of the potentiometer (see Figure 3-4). Likewise, the data signal is fed in on pins 22 and 24 and out on pin 23.

These variable resistors set the modulation level of the audio and data signals and also allow the microcontroller to provide frequency compensation. This compensation is required because modulation tends to increase as the VCO frequency increases (tank circuit capacitance decreases).

The output signals on pins 23 and 3 of U802 are then combined with the wideband data signal and applied to summing amplifier U803. The out put s ign al from U803 is then applied to the reference oscillator on pin 1 and also to a potentiometer on pin 19 of U802. The output on pin 18 of U802 is applied to the VCO on pin 5. This modulates both the reference oscillator and VCO, and the potentiometer in U802 adjusts the balance of these signals.

3.7.5 SYNTHESIZER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

(U804)

Both the reference oscillator and VCO are modulated in order to provide the required frequency response. If only the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U804 would sense the frequency change and change the control voltage to counteract the change, especially at the lower audio frequencies. If only the reference oscillator was modulated, the VCO frequency would not change fast enough, especially at the higher audio frequencies. By modulating both, a relatively flat response is provided to all modulation frequencies.

Separate audio, data, and wideband data modulation signals are applied t o the syn thesizer on J201, p ins 18, 17, and 16, respectively. The data signal includes LTR and Call Guard sign aling, while the wideband data signal comes directly from an external device such as a modem without passing through the limiting and filtering circuitry.

Introduction

A block diagram of synthesizer IC U804 is shown in Figure 3-5. This integrated circuit contains the following stages. The basic operation of U804 is described in Section 3.7.1.

• Reference divider

• Main divider

• Prescaler (÷64/65)

• Phase and lock detectors

• Charge pump and divid er programming circuitry.

Channel Programming

Channels are selected by programming the main divider in U804 to divide by a certain number. This programming is p erformed by the mi crocontr oller over the SPI serial data bus which consists of CLOCK, DATA, and STROBE lines (see Section 3.3.1). As previously described, this divider is programmed so that when the VCO is oscillating on th e correct frequency, the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector are the same frequency.

3-14

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Operation

As stated in Section 3.7.1, the fR input to the

main phase detector is 50 kHz for all channels (either

6.25 or 10 kHz channel spacing). The 14.850 MHz reference oscillator frequency is divided by 297 to produce this signal. Frac tional-N divi sion with modulo 5 or 8 selection allows the loop frequency to be 5 or 8 times the channel spacing. Modulo 8 is used to allow

6.25 kHz (12.5 kHz) channel spacing.

The fV input is produced by dividing down the VCO frequency applied to the RF IN input. The first divider is a prescaler which is a special counter capable of operating at relatively high frequencies. This counter divides by 64 and 65 in this application. This divides a signal in the 400 MHz range down to approximately 6 MHz. For each main divider output pulse, the prescaler divides by 65 for a certain number of pulses and then 64 for an additional number of pulses. The number counted in each mode is determined by the programming of the “N” and “A” divide numbers. The basic operation is as follows:

The main divider begins counting down from the “A” number. Then when zero is reached, it begins counting down from the “N” number until zero is reached. The cycle then repeats. While it is counting down the “A” number, the prescaler divides by 65, and while it is counting down the “N” number, it divides by 64.

To illustrate the operation of these dividers, an example will be used. Assume a transmit fre que ncy of

450.750 MHz is selected. Since the VCO oscillates on the transmit frequency in the transmit mode, this is the frequency that must be produced by the VCO. To produce this frequency, the “N” and “A” divide numbers are programmed as follows:

N = 83 A = 55

To determine the overall divide number of the prescaler and main divide r, the number of input pulses required to produce one main divider output pulse can be determined. Al though th e programmed “N” number is 83 in this example, the divide number is al ways two higher (85) because of reset cycles and other effects. Therefore, the prescaler divides by 65 for 55 x 65 or

3575 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 85 x 64 or 5440 input pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore 3575 + 5440 or 9015 . The VCO frequency of

450.750 MHz divided by 9015 equals 50 kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector.

If the VCO frequency is not evenly divisible by 50 kHz, there is also a fractional-N number programmed that provides the required fractional divide number. Refer to the 800/900 MHz description in Section 3.10.6 for more information.

NOTE: The formulas for calculating the N and A divide numbers are described in Section 4.3.5.

3.7.6 LOCK DETECT

When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the LOCK output of U804 (p in 18) is a logic h igh vo lt age. Then when the synthesizer is unlocked, this voltage is low. A locked condition exists when the phase difference at the TCXO input is less than one cycle.

3.7.7 CHARGE PUMP

The charge pump circuit in U804 charges and discharges C833- C836 i n t he loop filter to produce the VCO control voltage. Resistors connected to the RN and RF pins set the charge current. The RF pin resistance is set by a digitally controlled potentiometer in U802. This resistance changes with the frequency band in order to minimize fractional-N spurious signals. The loop filter provides low-pass filtering which controls synthesizer stability and lockup time and suppresses the loop reference frequency (50 kHz).

3.7.8 SHIFT REGISTER (U800, U801) AND

DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER (U802) PROGRAMMING

Shift register U800 functions as an I/O port expander, and shift register U801 functions as a D/A converter to provide a 256-step output voltage for adjusting transmit ter power. In addition, the Q7 output of U801 provides the transmit/receive signal. U802 contains four digitally controlled potentiometers that are also adjustable in 256 steps.

These devices are cascaded together on the serial bus so that data is shifted out of one device into

3-15

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

(1) CLOCK

(2) DATA

(3) STROBE

(4, 12) Vss

(5) RF (6) RF

(19) TEST

(8) REF

(10) AUX

Serial Input + Program Latches

FMOD

F INC

Fractional

Accumulator

Prescaler

Modulus

Control

Normal

Output

Charge

Pump

Speed-Up

Output

Charge

Pump

Integral Output

Charge

Pump

÷N

÷A

÷64/65

Prescaler

Reference Divider

Main Dividers

÷R

Main

Phase

Detector

Main

Reference

Select

÷2 ÷2 ÷2

DD (7, 15, 20)

RF (17) RN (16)

PHP (14)

PHI (13)

LOCK (18) PHA (11)

RA (9)

Figure 3-5 Synthesizer Chip U804 Block Diagram

another. Programming is performed using the SPI serial port of the microcontroller described in Section

3.3.1. The input to the internal shift register of these devices is the DATA pin (U800/U801) or SDI pin (U802), and the output of the la st shift regis ter st age in U800 and U801 is the QS

pin. Therefore, serial data

on the Data line from the audio/logic board (J201, pin

14) is first shifted into U801, then U800, and then U802.

Data is clocked through the devices by the CLOCK signal (J201, pin 13) when the STROBE input (J201, pin 12) is high and latched when it goes low. Synthesizer IC U804 is also programmed by the SPI port. However, data does not pass through the other devices, and it is controlled by different STROBE signal (J201, pin 1).

DDA

SSA

3.8 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (UHF MODELS)

NOTE: The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 3-4.

3.8.1 FRONT END FILTER

The receive signal is fed from the ante nna switch circuit on the PA board to the receiver front end on the RF board. The signal is fed through a section of microstrip that is part of a quarter-wave line for the antenna switch. Also part of the ante nna swi tc h cir cui t is C201, CR200, and R200. Refer to Section 3.9.4 for more antenna switch information.

The receive signal is applied to a two-pole bandpass filter formed by ceramic resonators L200 and L201, several capacitors, and PIN diodes CR201 and

3-16

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RECEIVER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

CR202. The function of this filter is to attenuate frequencies outside the receive band such as the first injection, image, and half IF frequencies. The passband frequency of the filter is shifted in four steps using PIN diodes. These diodes are controlled by microcontroller th rough th e Q2 and Q3 out puts of shif t register U800. The control signals for each of four band segments are listed in Section 4.4.

The PIN diodes present a very low impedance at RF frequencies when forward biased and a very high impedance when reverse biased. This allows them to be used to switch capacitance in and out of the filter. For example, when the lowest segment of the frequency band is selected, both control signals are high and the diodes are forward biased by current flowing through R201-R204. Therefore, C207, C208, C218, and C219 are effectively connected to ground through CR201 and CR202 which l owers the passband frequency of the filter.

Ceramic resonators L200 and L201 have a very high Q and therefore cause very little receive signal loss. Capacitors on the input and output of the filter provide impedance matching with the adjoining stages.

ance matching with the filter is pro vid ed by L203, C227, C228, C234, and C235. Resistor R209 lowers the Q of L203 to make it less frequency select ive. C222-C226 decouple various unwanted AC signals from the circuit.

3.8.3 FIRST MIXER (Q202), INJECTION AMPLIFIER (Q204)

Q202 is a dual-gate MOSFET mixer. Impedance matching at one gate is provided by C245, R214, and L207. The first injection frequency from the synthesizer is applied to the other gate. Since the first IF is 45 MHz and low-side injection is used, the injection frequency is 45 MHz below the receive frequency.

The signal from the synthesizer is amplified by Q204. A 3 dB pad on the output, consisting of R225R227, sets the input level to the mixer. A low-pass filter network formed by C262-C264 and L211 attenuates spurious frequen cies occurri ng above the injec tion frequency band. Q203 provides a stable bias current similar to Q200 described in Section 3.8.2. Temperature compensation is provided by CR206 which mirrors the voltage drop across the base-emitter junction of Q204.

3.8.2 RF AMPLIFIER (Q201)

RF amplifier Q201 improves and stabilizes receiver sensitivity and also recovers filter losses. Several capacitors on the input and also L202 provide impedance matching. CR203 protects the base-emitter junction of Q201 from damage caused by high level input signals.

The bias current of Q201 is fixed at a constant level by Q200. The collector current of Q201 flows through R207. The voltage drop across that resistor (and therefore the current) is set by R205 and R206. For example, if current through R207 attempts to increase, the emitter voltage of Q200 decreases. Q200 then conduc ts less and tur ns Q201 off slightly to maintain a constant bi as current. This provi des a stable bias over changes in temperature.

The output signal of Q201 is fed to another twopole bandpass filter similar to the one on the input of Q201 as described in the preceding section. Imped-

Impedance matching on t he output of mixer Q202 is provided at 45 MHz by L208, C251, and C252. The signal is then fed to Z204 which is a four-pole crystal filter with a nominal –3 dB bandwidth of 15 k H z. Th is filter attenuates wideband noise, adjacent channels, frequencies resulting from intermodulation, and other undesired frequencies. Impedance matching on the input is provided by C251, C252, C266, C268, and L213; impedance matching on the output is provided by C270, C271, C272, L215, and R228.

3.8.4 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR (U201)

Second Mixer

U201 contains second mixer, IF amplifier, detector, RSSI, and audio amplifi er s ta ges as s hown i n Figure 3-6. The 45 MHz IF signal is applied to pin 2 which is the input of an internal IF am plifier stage. From the IF amplif ie r the signal is int ernally fed to th e mixer which combines it with the 44.550 MHz second injection frequency to produce a second IF of 450 kHz.

3-17

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RECEIVER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Amp

Mixer

Oscillator

Gnd

RSSI

Vreg

Audio

Limiter

Quad

Figure 3-6 Limiter/Detector U201 Block

Diagram

The 44.550 MHz injection frequency on pin 4 is produced by tripling the 14.850 MHz frequency of reference oscillator U806. To do this, a portion of the reference oscillator signal is applied to Q207 which is an amplifier with the output tuned for the third harmonic of the reference oscillator frequency. This output tuning is provid ed by a two-pole ban dpass fi lter formed by L219, C287, C288, L217, and C290. The output level of this filter is approximately 0.25 V rms.

Ceramic Filters (Z202/Z206, Z205)

The 450 kHz output of the internal mixer is fed out of U201 on pin 20. It is then routed through ceramic filter Z202 for narrow-band (12.5 kHz) channels and through Z206 for wideband (25 kHz) channels. Z202 has a nominal bandwidth at the –3 dB points of 8 kHz, and Z206 has a nominal bandwidth of 15 kHz. The function of this filter is to attenuate wideband noise present in the IF signal.

are then forward biased and CR207/CR208 reverse biased. This routes the 450 kHz IF signal through Z202 and blocks it from Z206. If a wideband channel is selected, the opposite occurs. For more information on the operation of PIN diodes, refer to Section 3.8.1.

The filtered 450 MHz IF signal is then applied to pin 18, amplified by an inter nal ampl ifi er, and then fe d back out on pin 16 and applied to ceramic filter Z205. This filter is identical to Z206 and provides additional attenuation of wideband noise. The loss introduced by each ceramic filter is approximately 12 dB.

Limiter/Detector

The signal from Z205 is applied to an internal limiter connected to pin 14. The limiter amplifie s the 450 kHz signal and then limits it to a specific value to remove amplitude variations. From the limiter, the signal is fed internally to the quadrature detector. An external phase shift networ k connect ed to pin 10 shif ts the phase of one of the detector input signals 90° at 450 kHz (the other input is unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector, which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts this phas e shift into an audio signal. Inductor L219 is tuned to provide maximum undistorted output from the detector.

The audio signal i s t he n fed internally to an audio amplifier. The gain of this stage is set at about three by R255 and R256. The audio output signal on pin 8 is then fed to the audio/logic board.

Routing of the IF signal to t he appr opria te filt er i s provided by Q205 and Q206, PIN diodes CR207CR210, and several resistors and capacitors. It is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q4 output of shift register U800. This output is low for narrow-band channels and high for wideband channels.

If a narrow-band channe l i s sel ec te d, a low signal is applied to the base of Q205. That transistor then turns off and inverter Q206 turns on. CR209/CR210

Also in U201 is an RSSI detector which provides a temperature compensated RSSI (Rece ive Signal Strength Indicator) signal on pin 5. This is a low impedance (2k ohm) output with a dynamic range of 70 dB. It provides an indication of IF signal strength which changes in proportion to changes in signal strength. It is routed to an A/D input of the microcontroller (pin 59) and used along with the squelch signal to determine receive signal strength. R259/C304 and R258/C303 provide low pass filtering, and C305 and C306 decouple RF on the audio and RSSI output lines.

February 2001

3-18

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.9 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (UHF MODELS)

NOTE: A transmitter block diagram is in Figure 3-4.

3.9.1 FIRST AND SECOND AMPLIFIERS

Revised 430-470 MHz and all 470-512 MHz Models

The input signal to the exciter is the transmit frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthesizer. It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is applied to first amplifier Q509. Impedance matching on the input of Q509 is provided by C540, C552, L503, C550, C551, and L504. Biasing is provided by R531 and R535, and C526/C527 and C521/C523 decouple RF signals. Impedance matching on the output is provided by L501, C541, C555, and C556. Second amplifier Q510 is similar in design to Q509. These stages together produce about 20 dB of gain.

Power to Q509 is switched on in the transmit mode by Q506 and Q507. This switch is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q7 output (pin 11) of shift register U801. This output is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode. This signal also controls the antenna switch circuit on the PA board described in Section 3.9.4.

This transmit 8V supply is not delayed which allows Q509 and the transmitter frequency to stabilize before power is produced. The delayed PTT signal is applied to the RF board on J201, pin 2. This signal controls the power control circuit described in Section

3.9.6. The emitters of Q505 and Q507 are grounded through Q508. That transistor is turned off when the logic is in an undetermined state such as during Flash programming. This ensures that the transmitter is turned off dur ing these tim es.

Unrevised 430-470 MHz Models

The input signal to the exciter is the transmit frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthesizer. It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is applied to first amplifier Q506. Impedance matching on the input of Q506 is provided by C529, C537, L505, and C530. The input level is set by R528 and R530. Biasing is provided by R520 and R525, and C525/C526 and C520/C521 decouple RF signals.

Impedance matching on the output is provided by L502, C570, C531, L506, and C532. Secon d ampl if ie r Q507 is similar in design to Q506. These stages together produce about 20 dB of gain. The 8-volt supply to Q506 and Q507 is swi tch ed by Q504 similar to the revised 430-470 MHz version just described.

3.9.2 THIRD AMP AND PREDRIVER

Revised 430-470 MHz and all 470-512 MHz Models

From Q510 the signal is fed to third amplifier Q511 which is a power MOSFET that provides approximately 10 dB of gain. Impedance matching with Q510 is provided by L502, C542, C557. L505, and C543. Resistors R532 and R534 lower the Q of the input matching circuit which improves stability. The gate of Q511 is biased by R527 and R528. Decoupling of RF signals is provided by C528/C529 and C516/C517.

Supply voltage to Q511 is from the power control circuit described in Section 3.9.6. This circuit varies the supply voltage to ch ange the power output of Q51 1 in order to maintain constant transmitter power output.

Impedance matching with between Q511 and predriver Q512 is provided by several capacitors and sections of microstrip. Microstrip is a form of transmission line with distributed series inductance and shunt capacitance. The characteristic impedance is determined by the width of the microstrip and the PC board material and thickness (distance from ground plane).

Class C biasing of Q512 is provid ed by L50 6 and ferrite bead EP2. Several more capacitors and s ections of microstrip on the output of Q512 provide matching with the 50-ohm input impedance of the power amplifier. This stage provides a gain of approximately 10 dB, resulting in a power input to the PA board of up to approximately 8 watts.

Unrevised 430-470 MHz Models

From Q507 the signal is fed to third amplifier Q508 which provides approximately 10 dB of gain. Impedance matching with Q507 is provided by L503, C571, C533, C538, L504, L507, C579, and C539. Biasing is provided by R5542, R555, and R532.

3-19

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Impedance matching between Q508 and Q509 is provided by L501, severa l capacit ors, and t wo section s of microstrip (microstrip is described in the preceding section). Resistor R523 lowers the Q of L501 to make it less frequency selective. Q508 is powered by the switched battery supply. AC signals are decoupled from this supply by C517-C519 and ferrite bead EP500.

Predriver Q509 is an RF power MOSFET. The gate is biased at approximately one-half the drain voltage by R519 and R522. Capacitors C512-C516, C522, and C523 provide decoupling of AC signals. R524 and R527 lower the Q of the input matching circuit which improves stability.

Supply voltage to Q509 is f rom the power c ontrol circuit described in Section 3.9.6. This circuit varies the supply voltage to change th e power output of Q509 in order to maintain constant transmitter power output. RF choke L500, ferrite bead EP501, and several capacitors isolate the power control circuit from RF signals. Several capacitors and sections of microstrip on the drain of Q509 provide an output impedance of 50 ohms to the power amplifier board. This stage provides a gain of approximately 10 dB, resulting in a power input to the PA board of up to approximately 8 watts.

3.9.4 ANTENNA SWITCH

The antenna switch circuit consists of Q602, CR601, CR603, several other components, and also a section of microstr ip and CR200 on th e RF board. This circuit switches the antenna to the receiver in the receive mode and the transmitter in the transmit mode.

Switching transistor Q602 is controlled by the transmit signal from the Q7 output (pin 11) of shift register U807. This is the same signal that controls transmit 8-volt supply switch Q506/ Q507. This signal is high in the transmit mod e and low in the receive mode. Therefore, Q602 turns on in the transmit mode and current flows from the collector of final amplifier Q601 through L601, CR601/R602, L606, R608/ CR603, R609, and R610.

Diodes CR601 and CR603 are PIN diodes like those in the receiver front end (see Section 3.8.1). When a PIN diode is forward biased, it presents a very low impedance. Therefore, the transmit signal has a low-impedance path through CR601 to the directional coupler and C614. With CR603 also for war d bi ased, it effectively connects L606 to AC ground through C652. A parallel resonant circuit is then formed by L606 and C643 which presents a high impedance into the receiver for the transmit signal.

3.9.3 DRIVER (Q600), FINAL (Q601)

Driver Q600 on the power amplifier board is used with high power (40 watt) versions only. It is matched to the 50 ohms by several capacitors and sections of microstrip on the input. Class C self bias is provided by L608 and ferrite bead EP603. F rom Q600 the signal is fed to final amplifier Q601 which is similar in design to Q600. Each stage has a gain of approximately 5 dB, resulting in an output power from Q601 of approximately 55 watts.

The supply voltage to these stages is the unswitched battery supply. Therefore, power is applied even when transceiver power is turned off. Two RF chokes, a ferrite bead, and several capacitors isolate this supply from RF signals. Current to final amplifier Q601 flows through R600, and the power control circuit monitors transmitter current by sensing the voltage drop across it.

Further receiver isolation in the transmit mode is provided by a grounded quarter-wave line. This quarter-wave line is formed by the section of microstrip connected to C650/C651 and another section on the RF board. The receiver end of this quarter-wave line is AC grounded by PIN diode CR200 on the RF board. This diode is forward biased in the transmit mode by the 8-volt transmit supply applied through R200. When one end of a quarter-wave line is grounded, the other end presents a high impedance to the quarter-wave frequency (the transmit frequency band in this case). C650 and C651 on the PA board provide impedance matching.

In the receive mode, all three PIN diodes are reverse biased. Therefore, CR601 presents a high impedance into the transmitter for the receive signal, L606 presents a low impedance bec ause it is no long er resonant, and the quarter-wave line presents a low impedance because it is no longer grounded by CR200.

3-20

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.9.5 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER , LOW-P ASS FILTER

The transmit signal is fed to a directional coupler formed by adjacent sections of microstrip. The forward component of output power is rectified by CR602 and developed across R607 and fed to the power control cir cuit . Revers e power is not de tecte d in this transceiver.

From the directional coupler th e transm it signal is fed to a low-pass harmonic filter formed by L602L604 and several capacitors. This filter attenuates harmonic frequencies occurring above the transmit band. R603 dissipates static buildup on the antenna.

The ambient power amplifier temperature is sensed by thermistor R601. The resistance of a thermistor decreases as temperature increases. R601 and R143 on the audio/logic board form a voltage divider, and the voltage across this divider is monitored by an A/D converter input of the microcontroller (pin 63). If the PA temperature increases above limits set in software, the power is first cut back. Then if it continues to rise, the transmitter is turned off.

3.9.6 P OWER CONTROL ( U500A/B , Q500-Q503)

Introduction

The power control circuit maintains a constant power output as changes occur in temperature and voltage. It does this by varying the supply voltage to predriver Q509 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) or third amplifier Q511 (all others). This changes the power output of th at stage which in turn controls the power output of th e transmitter. The power control circuit senses forward power to control power output. The current to final amplifier Q601 is also sensed, but it affects power output only if it becomes excessive. Gradual power shutdown then occurs.

The power output level is set in 12 7 st eps by D/A converter U801 that is controlled by the microcontroller. This allows power to be adjusted from the front panel using the test mode and also different power levels to be programmed for each system. In addition, it allows the microcontroller to cut back power when power amplifier temperature is excessive as just described.

U500A, Q500/Q502 Operation

The forward power signal from the directional coupler is applied to pin 2 of a mp lifi er U5 00A. Thi s i s a DC signal that increases in proportion to forward power . The ot her in put t o U500A is a DC vol tage from a D/A converter formed by shift register U801 and several resistors. This stage is similar i n de si gn t o D/ A converter U305 described in Section 3.4.4. Programming of U801 is described in Section 3.7.8. The voltage from this D/A converter sets the reference voltage on pin 3 which sets the power output of the transmitter.

U500A is a difference amplifier which amplifies the difference between the reference voltage on pin 3 and the forward power signal on pin 3. The turn-on time of U500A is controlled by the time constant of C502 and R508. Negative AC feedback to prevent oscillation is also provided by C502. This circuit operates as follow s: Assume the output power attempts to increase. The DC voltage applied to U500A, pin 2 then increases which causes the output voltage on pin 1 to decrease. T ransist ors Q502 an d Q500 then turn off slightly which decreases the supply voltage to predriver Q509 (or third amplifier Q511). The output power then decreases to maintain a co nstant power output. R510 and R513 limit the voltage gain of Q500 and Q503 to approximately two.

Delayed PTT

Transis tor Q503 i s used t o delay po wer outpu t for a short time after the transmitt er is keyed. This allows the synthesizer and the e xciter to stabilize so that the transmitter does no t trans mit o f f-fr equenc y. The signal which controls Q503 is from the Q2 output (pin 17) of latch U111 on the audio/logic board. In the receive mode this output is low, so Q503 is off. Pin 2 of U500A is then pulled high by the 8-volt supply applied through R505 and CR503. This causes the output on pin 1 of U500A to go low which shuts off power to Q509 (or Q511). Then when the transmitter is keyed, the Q503 control signal goes high after a short delay. Q503 then turns on and diode CR503 is reverse biased. Only the forward power signal is then applied to pin 2 of U500A.

3-21

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Over Current Shutdown

Current to final amplifier Q601 on the PA board is monitored by sensing the voltage drop across R680. Pins 5 and 6 of U500B are effectively connected across this resistor. As current increases, the voltage on U500B, pin 6 decreases which causes the output voltage on pin 7 to increase. The gain of each U500B input is set at ten by R509/R504 and R507/R502.

Emitter biasing for Q501 is provided by R506 and R511. Normally, the output voltage of U500B is not high enough to turn on Q501. However, if current becomes excessive, for example beca use of an an tenna mismatch, Q501 begins turning on. This decreases the base voltage of Q502 which turns off Q500 slightly and cuts back power output.

3.10 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

(800/900 MHz MODELS)

3.10.1 INTRODUCTION

The synthesizer block diagram is part of the RF/ PA board diagram shown in Figure 3-7. The synthesizer output signal is produced by a VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) located on a separate module attached to the RF b oard. Th e fre quency o f the VCO is controlled by a DC voltage from the phase detector in synthesizer integrated circuit U804.

The phase detector senses the phase and frequency difference between a highly stable signal from the reference oscillator (fR) and a frequency produced by dividing down the VCO signal (fV). When the signal from the VCO is the same as the reference frequency, the VCO is on the correct frequency. If the VCO-derived signal is not the same, the VCO control voltage increases or decreases to change the VCO frequency until they are the same. The VCO is then “locked” on frequency.

The reference input (fR) to the phase detector is produced by dividing down the signal from reference oscillator U806. The fR input is 50 kHz for all 800 and 900 MHz channels. Therefore, with 900 MHz models, the reference divider in U804 divides the 14.850 MHz reference oscillator signal by 297, and with 800 MHz models, it divides t he 1 7.500 MHz reference oscil la tor

signal by 350. The TCXO frequency stability is 1.5 PPM, so this is also the stability of the synthesizer (and the second injection signal which is derived from the TCXO frequency).

The VCO-derived input t o the phase detector (fV) is the VCO frequency di vided down by programmable dividers in synthesizer U804. The prescaler and main divider are programmed for each channel to produce an input frequency to the phase detector (fV) that is the same as the 50 kHz refer enc e f requency (fR) when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency. Refer to Section 3.10.6 for more information on U804 operation.

3.10.2 VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR

Introduction

The VCO module is a sepa rate assemb ly that is soldered directly to the RF board and covered by a metal shield. It uses a ceramic subs tr at e t hat can easily be damaged by excessive heat; therefore, it is recommended that modules which have been removed using a standard soldering iron not be reused. In addit ion, the VCO center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic resonator L907. Therefore, it is not possible to adjust this freque ncy if it changes as the res ult of changing a part. For these reasons, the VCO is consi dered not f ield serviceable.

Oscillator (Q902)

The VCO is formed by bipolar transistor Q902, ceramic resonator L907, and several capacitors and varactor diodes. It oscillates at the transmit frequency in the transmit mode and 52.950 (800 MHz) or 45 MHz (900 MHz) below the receive frequency in the receive mode (the first injection frequency).

Biasing of Q902 is provided by R906 and R908, and stabilization is pro vid ed by R912. Induct or L906 functions as an RF choke, and C924 is an AC bypass capacitor. An AC voltage divider formed by C913, C917, and C921 starts and maintains oscillation and matches Q9 02 to the tank circuit.

The tank circuit consists of laser tuned inductor L907, varactor diodes CR902-CR904, and several capacitors. Inductor L907 is laser trimmed to set the

3-22

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Rx Audio

To Audio/Logic Bd

er/Detector

Second Mix

our Pole

Crystal Filter

45 MHz F

Q202

Mixer

Receiver

RSSI

U201

Z204

Audio/Logic Bd

Z205

Z206

Tripler

14.850 MHz

Rx Freq - 45 MHz

44.550

Q207

450 kHz

Ceramic Filter

Switching

MHz

Injection

Amplifier

Z202

Switch/Inverter

Q204

450 kHz

Ceramic Filters

Q206

Q205/

Rx Freq - 45 MHz

Synthesiz

er IC

U804

Synthesiz

Shift

Reference

Q801

Buffer Amplifier

VCO

VCO Control

Lock

Phase

Detector

Main

Divider

64/65

Module

Tx Audio/Data

Detect

Divider

Prescaler

U802D

Charge

Control

Prescaler

Tx Freq

Adjust

Current

Tx Modulation

Exciter

Transmit 8V

From A/L Bd

Delayed

Transmit

Power Control

wer Po

Forward

Switch

Power

Current

Battery

Q505

Q504/

U801

Adj

Sense

First

Amplifier

Second

Third

Predriver

Antenna

Q507

Amplifier

Q508

Amplifier

Driver

Q601

Final

Switch

CR601,

Q506

Q509Q600

CR603

Q509

(470-512 MHz)

Q510

(470-512 MHz)

Q511

(470-512 MHz)

Q512

(470-512 MHz)

Control

Frequency

Two-Pole

L204/L206

Bandpass Filter

Q201

RF Amp

Control

Frequency

Two-Pole

L200/L201

Bandpass Filter

Control

Frequency

Shift Register

Figure 3-7 RF Block Diagram (800/900 MHz Models)

Q2Q3Q4Q0Q1

U800

rom

Control F

Audio/Logic Bd

U806

TCXO

14.850 MHz

Level Adjust

Tx Modulation

Summing Amp

R821

DataTxData

3-23

U803

U802A

U802B

Audio

U802C

Balance Adj

Channel

Programming

Power Amplifier Board

Power

Amplifier

Antenna

Part No. 001-9800-001

Coupler

Directional

Filter

Harmonic

February 2001

800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

VCO to the center of the operating band when the control voltage is at its midpoint.

The output signal on the collector of Q902 is coupled by C91 1 to a buffer amplifier fo rmed by Q901 and Q903. This is a shared-bias amplifier which provides amplification and also isolation between the VCO and stages which follow. C918 provides impedance matching on the input, and the resistors in the circuit provide biasing and stabilization (R913 also provides current limiting). C901, C902, and C908 are RF decoupling capacit ors, and C909 and C91 9 prov ide an AC ground on the emitters of Q901 and Q903.

The output signal on the collector of Q903 is fed through C914 to synthesizer U804. A 50-ohm load is provided by R855, and C841, C842, and C849 provide impedance matching. Likewise, the output signal on the collector of Q901 is fed through C904 to buffer amplifier Q801 (see Section 3.10.5). Resistor R902 lowers the Q of L903 to make is less frequency selective.

VCO Frequency Shifting

In the applicable 800 or 900 MHz band, the VCO must be capable of producing frequencies from the lowest receiver first injection frequency up to the highest talk-around mode transmit frequency. At 800 MHz, the lowest VCO frequency is 798.0625 MHz (52.950 MHz below the lowest receive frequency of

851.0125 MHz) and the hig hest talk-around fr equ enc y is 869.9875 MHz. Therefore, the VCO freque ncy band spread is approximately 72 MHz. If this large frequency shift was achie ved only by varying the VCO control voltage, the VCO gain would be undesirably high. Instead, c apa cit an ce is switched in and out of the tank circuit to provide a coarse frequency shift.

800 and 900 MHz). The logic levels on pins 3 and 4 of the VCO are as follows:

Pin 3 Pin 4

Normal Mode H (5.5V) L (0V) Talk-Around Mode L (0V) H (5.5V)

In the normal mode, CR901 is forward biased by current flowing through R903, L905, CR901, and L902. Capacitors C907 and C912 are then effectively AC grounded through CR901 and C905. The control lines are isolated from tank circuit RF by L902/C903, L905/C906, C811, C812, C823, and C824.

Frequency Control and Modulation

Fine VCO frequency control is performed by varying the DC voltage across varactor diodes CR903 and CR904 (coarse control is provided as described in the preceding description). As the DC voltage applied across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capacitance decreases. Therefore, the VCO frequency increases as the control voltage increases and vice versa. The amount of frequency change produced by CR903 and CR904 is set by series capacitor C922. A DC ground is provide d by L90 8, and t he con trol line is isolated from tank circuit RF by L909 and C925.

The VCO is frequency modulated in a similar manner. Another capacitance leg of the tank circuit is formed by C915, C920, and varactor diode CR902. The audio and data modul ation signa l is appl ie d acr oss CR902, and a fixed bi as fr om a vol tage d ivider forme d by R853 and R854 is applied through R851 to pin 5. Isolation and filtering of this DC bias is provided by C838, C839, C840, and R852. Refer to the next section for more information on modulation.

This switching is provided by PIN diode CR901 which is controlled by the logic signals from the Q0 and Q1 outputs (pins 4 and 5) of shift register U800. Q803 and Q804 function as inverters and drivers. When a PIN diode is forward biased, it presents a ver y low impedance to RF signals. Conversely, when it is reverse biased, it presents a very high impedance.

Forward biasing of PIN diode CR901 adds capacitance to the tank circuit which lowers its resonant frequency. The diode is forward biased in the normal mode and reverse biased in the talk-arou nd mode (both

3.10.3 VCO AND TCXO MODULATION

NOTE: If the wideband dat a inpu t is use d, the exter nal device must provide FCC-approved modulation limiting and splatter filter circuitry and a stable 2.5 VDC reference lev el.

February 2001

3-24

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

cially at the lower audio frequencies. Conversely, if only the reference oscillator was modulated, the VCO frequency would not change fast enough, especially at the higher audio frequencies. By modulating both, a relatively flat response is provided for all modulation frequencies.

Separate audio, data, and wideband data modulation signals are applied t o the syn thesizer on J201, p ins 18, 17, and 16, respectively. The data signal includes LTR and Call Guard signaling, and the wideband data signal (if use d) comes directly fr om a n external device such as a modem and does not pass through the limiting and filtering circuitry.

The levels of the a udio and data signal s a re set by digitally controlled variable resistors in U802. These resistors are adjusted in 256 steps by serial data from the microcontroller (see Section 3.3.1). The transmit audio signal is applied to pins 2 and 4 which are the wiper and one end of a potentiometer. It is fed out on pin 3 which is the other end of the potentiometer (see Figure 3-7). Likewise, the data signal is fed in on pins 22 and 24 and out on pin 23. These variable resistors set the modulation level of the audio and data signals and also allow the microcontroller to provide frequency compensation. This compensation is required because modulation tends to increase as the VCO frequency increases (tank circuit capacitance decreases).

The output signals on pin 23 and 3 are then combined with the wideband da ta signal and applie d to summing amplifier U803. The output signal from U803 is then applied to the reference oscillator on pin 1 and also across the potentiometer connected to pin 19 of U802. The output on pin 18 is applied to the VCO on pin 5. This modulates both the reference oscillator and VCO. The resi stor ac ross pi ns 19 and 18 of U802 adjusts the balance of these signals.

3.10.4 ACTIVE FILTER (Q800)

of C814. Therefore, base current does not change and the voltage on the emitter remains constant.

3.10.5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER (Q801), TX/TX SWITCH (CR801/CR802)

The output signal on pin 2 of the VCO is applied to buffer amplifier Q801. Impedance matching on the input is provided by C822 , a section of microst ri p, and C826. Microstrip is a form of transmission line with distributed series inductance and shunt capacitance. The characteristic impedance is de termined by the width of the microstrip and the PC board material and thickness (distance from ground plane). This stage provides isolation and also amplifies the signal to produce an output level of approximately 0 dBm.

The bias current of Q801 is fixed at a constant level by Q802. The collector current of Q801 flows through R830. The voltage drop across that resistor (and therefore the current) is set by R836 and R837. For example, if current through R830 attempts to increase, the emitter voltage of Q802 decreases. Q802 then conducts less and turns Q801 off slightly to maintain a constant bias current. This pr ovi des a stable bias over changes in temperatu re.

Capacitors C813, C817, C827, and C844 decouple RF signals, and a section of microstrip and C818 provide impedance matching with the transmit/ receive switch. R832 lowers the Q of the m icrostrip to make it less frequency selective.

The transmit/receive switch formed by CR801, CR802, and several other components switches the VCO signal to the r eceive r in t he re ceive mode an d the transmitter in the transmit mode. CR801 and CR802 are PIN diodes similar to CR901 described in Section

3.10.2. Therefore, they present a very low impedance when forward biased a nd a very high impedance when reverse biased.

Q800 functions as a capacitance multiplier to provide a filtered 7.0-vol t supply to the VCO. Resistor R827 provides bias, a nd C814 provides t he capacitance that is multiplied. CR800 decreases the time required to charge C814 when power is turned on. If a noise pulse or other voltag e cha nge ap pea rs on the collector, the base voltage doe s not change significantly because

These diodes are controlled by the Q2 sign al from shift register U800. This signal is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode. Therefore, when the transmitter is keyed, both Q805 and Q806 turn on and CR801 and CR802 are forward biased by the current flowing through Q806, R856, L800, CR801, CR802, R857, and Q805.

February 2001

3-25

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

This effectively AC grounds the receiver end of the quarter-wave line throug h CR802 and C847. When one end of a quarter-wave line is grounded, the other end presents a high impedance to the quarter-wave frequency. Therefore, the VCO signal is blocked from the receiver by the quarter-wave line and has a low impedance path through CR801 to the transmitter.

In the receive mode, both diodes are reverse biased. The quarter-wave line is then no longer grounded and provides a low impedance path to the receiver while CR802 provides a high impedance into the transmitter. L801/C846 and L800/C845 improve isolation by neutralizing the slight capacitance of CR801 and CR802 when they are reverse biased.

3.10.6 SYNTHESIZER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

(U804)

Introduction

A block diagram of synthesizer IC U804 is shown in Figure 3-5 on page 5-16. This integrated circuit contains the following stages. The basic operation of U804 was described in Section 3.10.1.

tional-N division with modulo 5 or 8 selection allows the loop frequency to be 5 or 8 times the channel spacing. W it h 8 00 and 900 MHz c hannels , mo dulo 8 is used to allow 6.25 kHz (12.5 kHz) channel spacing.

The fV input is produced by dividing down the VCO frequency applied to the RF IN input. The first divider which divides this signal is a prescaler which is a special counter capable of operating at relatively high frequencies. The prescaler divides by 64 and 65 which reduces a signal in the 800 MHz range down to approximately 12 MHz. For each main divider output pulse (fV), the prescaler divides by 65 for a certain number of pulses and then 64 f or an ad ditio nal nu mber of pulses. The number counted in each mode is determined by the programming of the “N” and “A” numbers. The basic operation is as follows:

The main divider begins counting down from the “A” number. Then when zero is reached, it begins counting down from the “N” number until zero is reached. The cycle then repeats. While it is counting down the “A” number , the prescal er divides by 65, and while it is counting down the “N” number, it divides by 64.

• Reference (R) divider

• Main divider

• Prescaler (÷64/65)

• Phase and lock detectors

• Charge pump and divi der pro grammi ng circ uitry

Channel Programming

Channels are selected by programming the main divider in U804 to divide by a certain number. This programming is performed by the microco ntroller over the SPI serial data bus which consists of CLOCK, DATA, and STROBE lines (see Section 3.3.1). As previously described, this divider is programmed so that when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency, the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector are the same frequency.

Operation

As stated in Section 3.1 0.1, the fR input to the main phase detector is 50 kHz for all channels. The reference oscillator frequency is divided by 350 (800 MHz) or 297 (900 MHz) to produce this signal. Frac-

To illustrate the operation of these dividers, an

example will be used. Assume a transmit fre quen cy of

813.4875 MHz is selected (800 MHz FCC channel

300). Since the VCO oscillates on the transmit frequency in the transm it mode, this is the frequency that must be produced by the VCO. To produce this frequency, the “N” and “A” divide numbers are programmed as follows:

N = 239 A = 13

To determine the overall divide number of the prescaler and main divider, the number of prescaler input pulses required to produce one main divider output pulse can be determined. Although the “N” number is 239 in this example, the actual divide number is always two higher (241) because of reset cycles and other effects. Therefor e, the prescaler divides by 65 for 13 x 65 or 845 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 241 x 64 or 15,424 input pulses.

Since the VCO frequency is not evenly divisible by 50 kHz, there is also a fractional-N number programmed that provides the required fractional

3-26

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

divide number. In this example the fractional-N increment is .75 x 8 (modulo N) or 6. This causes the prescaler to divide by 65 for one additional output pulse for 6 of 8 main divider cycles. This produces a divide number that is .75 higher. Therefore, with the preceding example, the overal l divide number K is 845 + 15,424 + .75 or 16,269.75. The VCO frequency of

813.4875 MHz divided by 16,269.75 equals 50 kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector.

NOTE: The formulas for cal cul at in g t he “N” and “A” divide numbers are described in Section 4.3.5.

3.10.7 LOCK DETECT

When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the LOCK output of U804 (p in 18) is a logic hig h voltage. Then when the synthesizer is unlocked, this voltage is low. A locked condition exists when the phase difference at the TCXO input is less than one cycle.

3.10.8 CHARGE PUMP

The charge pump circuit in U804 charges and discharges C833-C837 in the loop filte r to produce the VCO control voltage. Resistors connected to the RN and RF pins set the charge current. The RF pin resistance is set by a digitally controlled potentiometer in U802. This resistance changes with the frequency band in order to minimize fractional-N spurious signals. The loop filter provides low-pass filtering which controls synthesizer stability and lockup time and suppresses the loop reference frequency (50 kHz).

3.10.9 SHIFT REGISTER (U800, U801) AND

DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER (U802) PROGRAMMING

Shift register U800 functions as an I/O port expander, and shift register U801 functions as a D/A converter to provide a 256-step output voltage for adjusting trans mitter power. In addition, the Q7 output of U801 provides the delayed transmit signal. U802 contains four digitally controlled potentiometers that are adjustable in 256 steps.

3.3.1. The input to the internal shift register of these devices is the DATA (U800/U801) or SDI (U802) pin, and the output of the last shift register stage in U800 and U801 is the QS

pin. Therefore, serial data on the Data line from the audio/logic board (J201, pin 14) is first shifted into U801, then U800, and then U802.

Data is clocked through the devices by the CLOCK signal (J201, pin 13) when the STROBE input (J201, pin 12) is high and latched when it goes low. Synthesizer IC U804 is also programmed by the SPI port. However, data does not pass through the other devices because it is controlled by a different STROBE signal (J201, pin 1).

3.11 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

(800/900 MHz MODELS)

NOTE: The receiver block diagram is in Figure 3-7.

3.11.1 FRONT END FILTER

The receive signal is fed from the ante nna switch circuit on the PA board to the receiv er fr ont end on the RF board. The signal is fed through a quarter-wave line that is part of the antenna switch as are C202, CR200, and R200. Refer to Section 3.12.3 for more antenna switch information. The receive signal is then applied to bandpass filter Z200. With 800 MHz models, this is a three-pole filter with a center frequency of 860 MHz and a bandwidth of 18 MHz. With 900 MHz models, it is a two-pole filter with a center frequency of 938 MHz and a bandwidth of 6 MHz. This filter attenuates frequencies outside the receive band such as the fir st injec tion, image, and hal f IF frequencies.

3.11.2 RF AMPLIFIER (Q201)

RF amplifier Q201 improves and stabilizes receiver sensitivity and also recovers filter losses. A section of microstrip and C214 provide impedance matching on the input. CR203 protects the baseemitter junction of Q201 from damage caused by high level input signals.

These devices are cascaded together on the serial bus so that data is shifted out of one device into another. Programming is performed using the SPI serial port of the microcontroller described in Section

The bias current of Q201 is fixed at a constant level by Q200. The collector current of Q201 flows through R207, and the volta ge dro p ac ross t hat r esis tor (and therefore the current) is set by R205 and R206.

February 2001

3-27

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RECEIVER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

For example, if current through R207 attempts to increase, the emitter voltage of Q200 decreases. Q200 then conduc ts less and tur ns Q201 off slightly to maintain a constant bi as current. This provi des a st able bias over changes in temperature.

The output signal of Q201 is fed to another bandpass filter similar to the one on the input described in the preceding section. Impedance matching with the filter is provided by a section of microstrip on the collector and C227. Resistor R209 lowers the Q of the microstrip to make it less frequency selective. C222C226 decouple various unwanted AC signals from the circuit.

3.11.3 FIRST MIXER (Q202), CRYSTAL

FILTER (Z204)

The signal from Z201 is then applied to mixer Q202. A 3-dB pad on the output of Z201 formed by R215-R217 sets the input level to the mixer. Impedance matching between the pad and mixer is provided by a section of microstrip and C245.

Q202 is biased by constant current source Q203 similar to Q200 described in the preceding section. The injecti on signal is applied to the emitter of Q202 and is at a level of approximately 10 dBm. With 800 MHz models, the injection frequency is 52.950 MHz below the receive frequency, and with 900 MHz models, it is 45 MHz below the receive frequency. Filtering of the injection signal is provided by twopole bandpass filter Z203. With 800 MHz models, it has a center frequenc y of 807 MHz and a ba ndwidth o f 18 MHz; and with 900 MHz models, it has a center frequency of 893 MHz and a bandwidth of 6 MHz.

The 52.950 or 45.000 MHz o utput si gnal of mi xer Q202 is then applied to crystal filter Z204. Impedance matching between Q202 and 50-ohm, 3 dB pad R210R212 is provided by L220, C231, and C232. Resistor R214 lowers the Q of L220 to make it less frequency selective. Matching between the pad and Z204 is provided by C265, C266, C268, and L213.

Z204 is a four-pole crystal filter. With 800 MHz models it has a center frequency of 52.950 MHz and a

-3 dB bandwidth of 15 kHz, and with 900 MHz models it has a center frequency of 45 MHz and a -3 dB bandwidth of 7.5 kHz. This filter attenuates wideband noise, adjacent channels, frequencies resulting

from intermodulation, and other undesired frequencies. Impedance matching between this filter and U201 is provided by C271, C272, L215, and R228.

3.11.4 SECOND MIXER/DETECTOR (U201)

Introduction

U201 contains second mixer, IF amplifier, detector, RSSI, and audio amplifier s ta ges as s hown i n Figure 3-6 on page 5-18. The IF signal is applied to pin 1 which is the input of an internal IF amplifier stage.

Second Mixer

From the IF amplifier the signal is internally fed to the mixer which combines it with the 52.500 MHz (800 MHz models) or 44.550 MHz (900 MHz models) second injection frequency to produce a second IF of 450 kHz.

The injection frequency on pin 4 is produced by tripling the frequency of reference oscillator U806. To do this, part of the re ference os cillat or signal i s applied to tripler Q207. This stage is an amplifier with the output tuned for the third harmonic of the reference oscillator frequency. This output tunin g is provided by a two-pole bandpass filter formed by L219, C287, C288, L217, and C290. The output level of this filter is approximately 0.25 V rms.

Ceramic Filters (Z202/Z206, Z205)

The 450 kHz output of the internal mixer is fed out of U201 on pin 20 and routed to ceramic filter Z202 for all 900 MHz and 800 MHz narrow-band (12.5 kHz) channels, or Z206 for 800 MHz wideband (25 kHz) channels. Z202 has a nominal bandwidth at the –3 dB points of 8 kHz, and Z206 has a bandwidth of 15 kHz. The function of these filters is to attenuate wideband noise present in the IF signal.

Routing of the IF s ignal to t he appr opria te filt er is provided by Q205 and Q206, PIN diodes CR207CR210, and several resistors and capacitors. It is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q4 output of shift register U800. This output is low for narrow-band channels and high for wideband channels.

3-28

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

If a narrowband channel is selected, a low signal is applied to the base of Q205. That transistor is then turned off and inverter Q206 turned on. CR209/CR210 are then forward biased and CR207/CR208 reverse biased. This routes the 450 kHz IF signal through Z202 and blocks it from Z206. If a wideband channel is selected, the opposite occurs. For more information on the operation of PIN diodes, refer to Section 3.11.1.

The filtered 450 MHz IF signal is then applied to pin 18, amplified by an internal amplifier, and fed back out on pin 16 and applied to ceramic filter Z205. This filter is identical to Z206 and provides additional attenuation of wideband noise. The loss introduced by each ceramic filter is approximately 12 dB.

Limiter/Detector

The signal from Z205 is applied to an internal limiter connected to pin 14. The limiter amplifies the 450 kHz signal and then limits it to a specific value to remove amplitude variations. From the limiter, the signal is fed internally to the quadrature detector. An external phase shift networ k connect ed to pin 10 shifts the phase of one of the detector input signals 90° at 450 kHz (the other input is unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector, which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts this phase shift into an audio signal. L218 is tuned to provide maximum undistorted output from the detector.

The audio signal i s t he n f ed internally to an a udi o amplifier. The gain of this stage is set at about th ree by R255 and R256. The audio signal is then fed out on pin 8 and routed to the audio/logic board.

Also in U201 is an RSSI detector which provides a temperature compensated RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indicator) signal on pin 5. This is a low impedance (2k ohm) output with a dynamic range of 70 dB. The DC voltage of this output changes in proportion to IF signal strength. This signal is routed to an A/D input of the microcontroller (pin 59) and used along with the squelch signal to determine receive signal strength. R259/C304 and R258/C303 provide low pass filtering of the audio and RSSI signals, and C305 and C306 decouple RF.

3.12 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION (800/900 MHz MODELS)

NOTE: The transmitter block diagr am is located in Figure 3-7.

3.12.1 PREDRIVER (Q506), DRIVER (Q507)

The input signal to the exciter is the transmit frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthesizer. It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is applied to predriver Q50 6. Impedance mat ching on the input of Q506 is provided by C529, C515, two sections of microstrip (see description in Section

3.10.5), R518, and C516. Biasing is provided by R519, R520, R522, and R523. Various AC signals are decoupled from the DC supply by C520, C525, C526, C528, and C531.

The 8-volt supply voltage to th is stage is switche d on in the transmit mode by Q505 and Q504. This switch is controll ed by the micr ocontr olle r t hrough t he Q7 output (pin 11) of shift register U801. This output is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode. This signal also controls the antenna switch circuit on the PA board described in Section 3.12.3.

This transmit 8V supply is not delayed which allows Q505 and the transmitter frequency to stabilize before power is produced. The delayed PTT signal is applied to the RF board on J201, pin 2. This signal controls the power control circuit described in Section

3.12.5. The emitters of Q503 and Q505 are grounded through Q509. That transistor is turned off when the logic is in an undetermined state such as during Flash programming. This ensures that the transmitter is turned off during these times.

From Q506 the transmit RF output signal is then applied to driver Q507. Impedance matching between Q506 and Q507 is provided by several capacitors and sections of microstrip and L501. Resis tor R521 lowe rs the Q of the parallel microstrip which makes it less frequency selective. Q507 is biased for class C operation by L504 and ferrite bead EP501.

Supply voltage to Q5 07 is fro m the power c ontrol circuit described in Section 3.12.5. This circuit varies the supply voltage of Q507 which changes its power output to maintain constant transmitter power output.

3-29

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RECEIVER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

RF chokes L502 and L503, ferrite bead EP502, and several capacitors isolate the power control circuit from RF signals.

A 50-ohm, 3 dB pad formed by R529-R531 provides an output impedance of 50 ohms at the J602. Impedance matching between Q507 and this pad is provided by two sections of microstrip, C524, and C527. Power output at J602 is typically up to 250 milliwatts.

3.12.2 PO W ER AMPLIFIER MODULE (U600),

FINAL (Q651)

Power amplifier module U600 on the PA board has approximately 19 dB of gain. Pins 2, 3, and 4 of U600 are the supply voltage inputs to three separate gain stages. The supply voltage on pin 2 (VS1) is switched by Q600 and limited to 12 volts by CR601 and R600. Switch Q600 is controlled by the same signal used to control 8V transmit switch Q505/Q504 (see Section 3.12.1).

The supply voltage applied to pins 3 and 4 (VS2/ VS3) is the unswitched battery from the power jack fed through R601. Therefore , power is applie d to these pins of U800 even when transceiver power is turned off. The power control circuit senses transmitter current by monitoring the voltage drop across R601.

Switching transistor Q602 is controlled by the transmit signal from the Q7 output (pin 11) of shift register U801. This is the same signal that controls transmit 8-volt supply switch Q505/ Q504. This signal is high in the transmit mod e and low in the receive mode. Therefore, Q602 turns on in the transmit mode and current flows from the collector of Q601 through R610, R609, CR604, L604, CR602/R602, and L602. In addition, 8 volts is applied through R200 to CR200 located at the input of the receiver on the RF board.

CR200, CR602 and CR604 are PIN diodes like CR901 described in Section 3.10. 2. When a PIN diode is forward biased, it presents a very low impedance. Therefore, in the tran smit mode th e tra nsmi t sig nal has a low-impedance path to the antenna through CR602 and coupling capacitor C621.

The signal is blocked from the receiver by two grounded quarter-wave lines. A discrete quarter-wave line is formed by C635, C622, and L604 is effectively AC grounded on the receiver end by CR604 and C633. When one end of a quarter-wave line is grounded, the other end presents a high impedance to the quarterwave frequency. Therefore, this line presents a high impedance into the receiver for the transmit signal. Further receiver isolation is provided by another quarter-wav e line in the recei ver. This line is grounded through C202 by CR200.

The output signal on U600, pin 5 is then applied to Q651 (30 watt models only). With lower power models, Q651 is not used. Amplifier Q651 provides approximately 5 dB of gain. The output impedance on U600, pin 5 is 50 ohms, and it is matched to Q651 by a section of microstrip, C651, C652, and C653. Class C bias of Q651 is provided by L651. The unswitched battery supply applied to Q651 is isolated from RF by L602, EP601, and several capacitors. Impedance matching is provided on the output by C654-C656, C614, and two sections of microstrip.

3.12.3 ANTENNA SWITCH

The antenna switch circuit consists of Q602, CR602, CR604, several other components, and also a quarter-wave section of microstrip and CR200 on the RF board. This circuit switches the antenna to the receiver in the receive mode and the transmitter in the transmit mo de.

In the receive mode, all three PIN diodes are reverse biased. Therefore, CR602 presents a high impedance into the transmitter for the receive signal, and since the two quarter-wave lines into the receiver are no longer groun ded, the re is a low-impedance path into the receiver. L604 presents a low impedance because it is no longer grounded by CR604, and the quarter-wav e l ine pre sen ts a low impedance becaus e i t is no longer grounded by CR200. Resistors R602 and R608 improve the isolation provided by CR602 and CR604 when they reverse biased (receive mode).

3.12.4 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER, LOW-

PASS FILTER

A directional coupler is formed by adjacent sections of microstrip near C621. The forward component of output power is rectified by CR603 and devel-

February 2001

3-30

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

oped across R606 and then fed to the power control circuit. Reverse power is not detected in this transceiver.

From the directional coupler th e transm it signal is fed to a low-pass harmonic filter formed by C624C627 and several sections of microstrip. This filter attenuates harmonic frequencies occurring above the transmit band. R607 dissipates static buildup on the antenna.

The ambient power amplifier temperature is sensed by thermistor R601. The resistance of a thermistor decreases as temperature increases. This thermistor forms a voltage divider with R143 on the audio/ logic board, and the voltage across this divider is monitored by an A/D converter input of the microcontroller (pin 63). If the PA temperature increases above limits set in software, the power is first cut back. Then if it continues to rise, the transmitter is turned off.

3.12.5 POWER CONTROL (U500A/B, Q500-

Q503)

Introduction

The power control circuit maintains a constant power output as changes occur in temperature and voltage. It does this by varying the supply voltage to driver Q507. This changes the power output of that stage which in turn controls the power output of the transmitter.

The primary signal sensed to control power output is forward power from the directional coupler. The current to final amplifier Q601 is also sensed, but it affects power output only if it becomes excessive. Gradual power shutdown then occurs.

The power output level is set in 127 steps by the microcontroller through D/A converter U801. This allows power to be adjusted from the fro nt pan el using the test mode and also different power levels to be programmed for each syste m. In addi tion, i t allows t he microcontroller to cut back power when power ampli-

fier temperature or transceiver voltage is excessive as just described in Section 3.12.4.

U500A, Q500/Q502 Operation

U500A is a differential amplifier which amplifies the difference between the reference voltage on pin 3 and the forward power signal on pin 2. The forward power signal from the directional coupler is a DC signal that increases in proportion to forward power. The reference input is a DC voltage from the D/A converter formed by shift register U801 and several res istors. This stage is similar to U305 described in Section 3.4.4, and programming of U801 is described in Section 3.10.9. This reference voltage effectively sets the power output of the transmitter.

The turn-on time of U500A is controlled by the time constant of C502 and R508. Negative AC feedback to prevent oscillation is also provided by C502. This circuit operates as follows: Assume the output power attempts to increase. The DC voltage applied to U500A, pin 2 then increases which causes the output voltage on pin 1 to decrease. Transistors Q502 and Q500 then turn off slight ly whic h decrea ses the supp ly voltage to driver Q507. The output power then decreases to maintain a constant power output. R510 and R513 limit the voltage gain of Q500 and Q503 to approximately two.

Delayed PTT

Transis tor Q503 i s used t o delay po wer outpu t for a short time after the transmitt er is keyed. This allows the synthesizer, Q506 in the exciter, and the first stage of PA module U60 0 to stabilize so that the tr ansmitter does not transmit off-frequency. The signal which controls Q503 is from the Q2 output (pin 17) of latch U111 on the audio/logic board. In the receive mode, this output is low which turns Q503 of f. U500A, p in 2, is then pulled high by 8 volts applied through R505 and CR503. The output of U50 0A on pin 1 is then low which shuts off power to Q507. Then when the transmitter is keyed, Q503 turns on after a short delay and diode CR503 is no longer forward biased. Only the forward power signal is then applied to pin 2 of U500A.

3-31

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION

Over Current Shutdown

Current to the s econd and third am plifie r stages in power module U600 on the PA board is monitored by sensing the voltage drop across R601. Pins 5 and 6 of U500B are effectively connected across this resistor. As current increases, the voltage on U500B, pin 6 decreases which causes the output voltage on pin 7 to increase. The gain of each U500B input is set at about ten by R509/R504 and R502/R507.

Emitter biasing for Q501 is pr ovided by R506 and R511. Normally, the output voltage of U500B is not high enough to turn on Q501. However, if current becomes excessive, for example beca use of an an tenna mismatch, Q501 begins turning on. This decreases the base voltage of Q502 which turns off Q500 slightly and cuts back power output. Over-current shutdown is disabled in 15-watt models bec ause CR500 is not used.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3-32

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

SECTION 4 SERVICING

SERVICING

4.1 GENERAL

CAUTION

LTR-Net models may automatically transmit during normal operation and at power off to send r egist ration and de-registration messages. Therefore, when a signal generator is conne ct ed to these models, be sure to use an isolation pad.

4.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS

This transceiver should be placed on a periodic maintenance schedule to ensure that it continues to operate properly. Important checks are receiver sensitivity and transmitter frequency, deviation, and pow er output.

4.1.2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND

COMPONENT LAYOUTS

Schematic diagrams and component layouts for the various PC boards used in this transceiver ar e located in the back of this manual. Included are RF and audio/logic board and interconnect schematics.

The component layouts permit easy location of components and measurement points. For the RF and audio/logic boards, a component locator guide and grid around the boards are provided to aid in locating components. All boards in this transceiver have components mounted on one side only. Therefore, most servicing can be done without removing the board from the chassis.

4.1.3 REPLACEMENT PARTS

A replacement parts list for this transceiver is located in Section 5. The main listing includes the RF board and chassis parts and another listing includes the audio/logic board parts. Parts are listed alphanumerically according to designator. For information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.9. An exploded view of the transceiver is also included at the end of Section 6 to show the various mechanical parts.

4.1.4 CONFIGURING T RANSCEIV ER FOR TESTING

Multi-Net versions of this transceiver have a test mode which can be selected to perform testing. This mode is described in Section 3.13 of the manual listed in Section 1.1.1, and it permits the transceiver to be operated manually. To select the test mode , turn power on with the top two options switches pressed (to right of display).

LTR-Net and SMARTNET/SmartZone transceivers do not have a separate test mode that can be selected to perform testing. With these transceiv er s, temporary conventional channels should be programmed to control the transceiver manually.

If adjustments must be made to the various audio and data levels, a computer and special tune software are required. The software and procedure is different with each operating protocol. Refer to the separate manual listed in Section 1.1.1 for transceiver alignment instructions.

4.2 SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES (SMDs)

4.2.1 SERVICING TECHNIQUES

Most of the components used in this transceiver are the surface mounted t ype . Sinc e these components and the circuit traces on which they are mounted are very small in size, special care must be used when they are replaced. Multi-leaded components such as integrated circuits must usually be removed using a heat gun or some other type of heat source that heats the entire device. Take care so that nearby components are not damaged. Surface mounted components should not be reused since they may be damaged by the unsoldering process.

4.2.2 IDENTIFYING SMD RESISTORS

The value of resistors is indicated by a number printed on the resisto r. A three-digit number is used to identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a four-digit number is used to identify ±1% resistors. Refer to the following information.

4-1

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

SERVICING

± 5% and ± 10% Resistors (P.N. 569-0105-xxx)

The three-digit number used to identify ±5% and ±10% resistors corresponds to the last three digits of the EFJohnson part n umber. This number is derived as follows. For example, “273” indicates a 27k ohm resistor and “339” indicates a 3.3 ohm resistor.

X X X

Multiplier

Value in ohms

0 = 0 1 =10 2 = 100 3 = 1000 4 = 10,000 5 = 100,000 6 = 1,000,000 7 = 10,000,000 8 = .01 9 = .1

± 1% Resistors (P.N. 569-0111-xxx)

Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identified by a four-digit number and others may not have a marking. When identified with a four-digit number, the first three digits are the value and the fourth is the multiplier. For example, “5761” indic ates a 5.76 k ohm resistor.

4.2.3 SMD CAPACITOR IDENTIFICATION

Ceramic SMD Capacitors (P.N. 510-36xx-xxx)

Ceramic SMD capacitors are identified using either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The American standard uses a single letter or number to indicate the value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate the multiplier. The Japanese standard uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a number to indicate the multiplier. The values for both standards are shown in the following table. For example, if there is a singl e black “E” on the capacitor, it uses the American standard and its value is 15 pF. The same va lue is identified with the Japanese standard by “E1”.

The Japanese standard may also utilize a bar to indicate the temperature coefficient. The following

coefficients are indicated by this bar. For example, “A2” indicates a 100 pF NPO capacitor.

= NPO XX = N150 XX = N220

= N330 XX = N470 XX = N750

|XX = X7R

Table 4-1 Ceramic SMD Capacitor Identification

American EIA Standard Japanese EIA Standard

First Letter/

Number

A10A1.0

B11B1.1 C12C1.2

D13D1.3

E15E1.5

H16F1.6

I18G1.8 J20H2.0

K22J2.2

L24K2.4 N27L2.7 O30M3.0

R33N3.3

S36P3.6

T39Q3.9 V43R4.3 W47 S4.7 X51T5.1 Y56U5.6

Z62V6.2

368W6.8 475X7.5 782Y8.2 991Z9.1

Color

Orange 0.1 0 1 Black 1 1 10 Green 10 2 100 Blue 100 3 1000 Violet 1000 4 10,000 Red 10,000 5 100,000

Value

(pF)

Multi-

plier

First Letter/

Number

Second

Number

Value

(pF)

Multi-

plier

4-2

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

14.850 MHz TCXO

U806

U804

Synthesizer IC

¸ 64/65

Prescaler

Reference

Counter

Prescaler

Control

Phase

Detector

VCO

Control

Lock

Detect

VCO

Module

Figure 4-1 Simplified Synthesizer Block Diagra m

Buffer

Amplifier

Q801

SERVICING

To Rx

and Tx

Tantalum SMD Capacitors (P.N. 510-26xx-xxx)

Tantalum SMD capacitor identification varies with vendor and physical size of the capacitor. The positive (+) end is usually indicated by a colored band or beveled edge. The value and voltage may be indicated by printing on the capacitor or by using a special code.

4.2.4 SMD INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

SMD inductors (P.N. 542-9000-xxx) use three colored dots to indicate the value. Th e two d ots on the left side indicate the first and second digits of the value in nanohenries, and the single dot on the right side indicates the multiplier (see Table 4-2). For example, brown, black, and red dots indicate a value of 10 nH x 100 which is 1000 nH (1.0

µH). The last

three digits of the part number are also the value and multiplier.

4.2.5 TRANSISTOR/DIODE IDENTIFICATION

Surface mounted transistors and diodes are identified by a special number. Refer to page 6-1 for more information.

Table 4-2 SMD Inductor Identification

Color 1st Digit 2nd Digit

Black 0 0 1 (7) Brown 1 1 10 (8) Red 2 2 100 (9) Orange 3 3 1000 (0) Yellow 4 4 10,000 (1) Green 5 5 100,000 (2) Blue 6 6 --Violet 7 7 --Gray 8 8 --White 9 9 0.1 (6)

Multiplier

(Last PN Digit)

is low. This is detected by the logic which then disables both the transmitter and receiver.

When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV i nputs to the phase detector in U804 ar e usually not the same frequency (see Figure 4-1). The phase detector in U804 then causes the VCO co ntrol vol tage to go t o the high or low end of its operating range. This, in turn, causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low end of its frequency range.

4.3 SYNTHESIZER TROUBLESHOOTING

4.3.1 INTRODUCTION

When there is a synthesizer malfunction, the VCO is usually not locked on frequency. When the VCO is unlocked, the LOCK output on U804, pin 18,

As shown in Figure 4-1, a loop is formed by the VCO and the prescaler, N counter, and phase detector in U804. Therefore, if any of these components malfunction, improper signals appear th roughout t he loo p. However, cor re ct operation of the c ount er s c an sti l l be verified by measuring the input and output frequencies to check the divide number. Proceed as follows:

February 2001

4-3

Part No. 001-9800-001

SERVICING

4.3.2 REFERENCE OSCILLATOR (U806)

Check the signal at U806, pin 8. With 800 MHz models, it should be 17.500 MHz, and with UHF and 900 MHz models, 14.850 MHz. The level should be approximately 400 mV rms. If this signal is not present, replace the reference oscillator because it is not serviceable.

4.3.3 VCO MODULE

The VCO is a separate assembly that is covered by a metal shield and soldered directly to the RF PC board. This module cannot b e repair ed. One reaso n for this is that the center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic resonator L101 (UHF) or L907 (800/900 MHz) and cannot be re adjusted i f it chan ges as a res ult of changing a part . In addit ion, t he VCO ha s a c eramic substrate that can easily be damaged by excessive heat. It is also recommended that modules that have been removed using a standard soldering iron not be reused.

Perform the following checks on the VCO module to determine if it is defective.

Mode

UHF MODELS

Rx Mode 430-449 MHz L L

449-470 MHz H L 470-491 MHz L L 491-512 MHz H L

Tx Mode 430-449 MHz L H

449-470 MHz H H 470-491 MHz L H 491-512 MHz H H

800/900 MHz MODELS

Normal Mode H L Talk-around Mode L H

Shift 1

(Pin 4)

Shift 2

(Pin 3)

Frequency - If th e VCO is locked on fr equency, in the

receive mode the output frequency should be the receive frequency – 52.950 MHz (800 MHz models) or the receive frequency – 45 MHz (UHF and 900 MHz models). In the transmit mode it should be the transmit frequency. If it is not locked on frequency, it should be near the low end of its operating frequency range when the control voltage is low and near the high end of its range when the control voltage is high.

4.3.4 SYNTHESIZER IC (U804)

Since U804 does not have output pins from the various counters, their operation cannot be checked. However, the following signals can be checked to verify proper operation of U804.

Supply Voltage - The supply voltage at pin 15 should be 5.0 VDC (UHF) or 7.0 VDC (800/900 MHz).

Output Level - The output level on pins 1 or 2 can be measured with an RF voltmeter or some other type of high-impedance meter. The typical output level at these points should be 0 dBm.

Control Voltage - Check the DC voltage on pin 7 with a channel near the middle of the band select ed. I f the VCO is locked on frequency, it should be a steady voltage between 1.1 and 5.2 volts. If it is not locked on frequency, it should be near the lower (1.1 V) or upper (5.2 V) end of its range.

Frequency Shift Inputs - The pin shift signals on pins 4 and 3 should be as follows (L = 0V, H = 5V):

Ref Osc In (p in 8) - Check the reference oscillator output frequency and level as described in Section

4.3.2.

VCO RF In (pin 6) - Check the VCO output as described in the preceding section.

VCO Control Voltage (pins 13, 14) - If the VCO frequency is too low, the signal on these pins should be high with very narrow negative-going pulses. Conversely, if the VCO frequency is too high, the signal should be low with very narrow positive-going pulses.

Lock Detect Output (pin 18) - This output should be high when the synthesizer is locked on frequency and low when it is unlocked.

February 2001

4-4

Part No. 001-9800-001

SERVICING

4.3.5 DETERMINING SYNTHESIZER COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS

NOTE: For more information on the operation of the counters in U801, refer to Section 3.7.5.

Overall Div No. (K) = VCO freq ÷ .050

Example: 813.4875 ÷ .050 = 16,269.75

“A” Divide No. = 64 x Fraction (Integer K ÷ 64)

Example: 16,269 ÷ 64 = 254.20312

Fraction 254.20312 = 0.20312 64 x 0.20312 = 13

“N” Divide No. = Integer [K ÷ 64] – A

Example: Integer 254.20312 = 254

254 – 13 = 241

Fractional-N Div No. = (Fraction K) x 8

Example: Fraction 16,269.75 = 0.75

0.75 x 8 = 6

4.5 TRANSMITTER SERVICING

To isolate a transmitter problem to a specific stage, check the DC and RF voltages shown on the schematic diagram.

4.6 AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD SERVICING

4.6.1 DIGITAL CIRCUITS

Because of the complexi ty and dynamic operation of the digital portion of the audio/logic board, servicing may be difficult. Special test equipment and knowledge of the operating software are usually needed to isolate a problem. There fore, if a problem is suspected with the digital circuitry, it may be best to first make sure that the proper supply voltages are present and then replace the audio/logic board.

4.6.2 ANALOG CIRCUITS

The analog circuits on the audio/logic board can be checked by measuring the AC and DC voltages shown on the schematic diagram.

4.4 RECEIVER SERVICING

To isolate a receiver problem to a specific section, check the DC and RF voltages shown on the schematic diagram.

With UHF models only, the front end filter frequency shift input s on U800, pi ns 6 and 7 sh ould be as follows (L = 0V, H = 5V):

Frequency

430-440 MHz H H 440-450 MHz L H 450-460 MHz H L 460-470 MHz L L 470-480 MHz H H 480-491 MHz L H 491-502 MHz H L 502-512 MHz L L

Shift F1

(Pin 6)

Shift F2

(Pin 7)

4-5

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

SECTION 5 PARTS LIST

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND

MECHANICAL PARTS

A 400 Display PC board assembly,

complete board A 475 Display wire harness 023-9800-475 A 700 Plastic front panel assembly See MP700

C 001 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 002 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 003 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 004 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V smd 510-3605-103 C 005 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V smd 510-3615-100 C 006 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V smd 510-3606-104 C 007 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-240 C 008 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103

CR 001 Green LED 549-4001-203 CR 002 Yellow LED 549-4001-202 CR 003 Red LED 5 49-4001-201 CR 004 LED, dual color, red/grn (included

in A400)

DS 001 LED green 549-4001-145 DS002 LED green smd 549-4001-145 DS 003 LED green smd 549-4001-145 DS 004 LED green smd 549-4001-145 DS 005 LED green smd 549-4001-145

EP 010 Ferrite noise suppressor (J201/

J302) EP 181 Ground clip, DSP board (SN/SZ) 017-2229-016 EP 182 Ground clip, J style 017-2229-017

HW 001Screw, 4-40 x 1/4” flt hd (rem hd) 575-8204-008 Nut, RF hex .375 x 24 560-9060-010 HW 002 Screw, #2-56 x 3/4 ss phil ph 575-9902-024 HW 003 Screw, 6-32 pan Torx 575-0006-008 HW 004 Screw, No. 4 x 3/16” flt hd zps 575-1204-006 HW 005 Screw, 4-40 x 5/16” pan hd zps 575-1604-010

Screw, 4-40 x 1/4” pan hd 575-1604-008

585-3000-340

549-4001-215

515-9034-065

Ref No Description Part No.

HW 006 Insert, 2-56 RF brd 537-2501-031 HW 007 Lockwasher, No. 2 596-2102-0 06 HW 008 Washer, split lock No. #4 596-1304-008 HW 009 Screw, 6-32 x .1875 rd hd Torx 575-9406-406 HW 010Screw, 4-40 x 1/8 pan hd zps (spkr)575-1604-004 HW 011No. 4 washer 596-1104-008

Screw, 6-32 x 5/16” pan hd Torx 575-0006-010

HW 012No. 4 swage spacer 574-5100-116

Screw, 4-40 x 1/4” pan hd 575-0604-008 HW 021Support bar (SN/SZ) 017-2226-026 HW 021Fish paper, .0625 x 3.1(SN/SZ) 574-3001-038 HW 022 Board clamp (SN/SZ) 574-3001-039 HW 023Screw, 6-32 x 1/4 (SN/SZ) 575-1606-008 HW 024 Washer, split #6 (SN/SZ) 596-1306-008 HW 0251/4” hex spacer 6-32 x 3/8 (SN/SZ) 537-9047-106 HW 026Washer, flat #8 (SN/SZ) 596-2408-012 HW 027Washer, insulating #6 (SN/SZ) 596-4406-010 HW 028Screw, 2-56 x 3/16 (SN/SZ) 575-1602-006 HW 701 Washer, .438 x.274 x.030 596-9410-010 HW 702Spanner nut, 3/8 x 7mm 013-1313-018 HW 703Screw, 2-28 x 1/4” ph phil cps 575-5602-008

J 001 Connector housing, 2-pin (speaker

jack)

Connector, 12-pin (display boards) 515-7111-287

Connector, 12-pin (display

harness)

Modular jack, 8-pin sp ec (mic jack )515-2006-040 J 002 Connector, 12-pin (interface bd) 515-7100-946 Connector, 12-pin (display

harness) J 003 Connector, 20-pin (interface bd) 515-7100-945 J 701 Connector housing, 2-pin (spkr jk) 515-9031-281

LS 001 Speaker, 3 x 2, 8-ohm 589-1015-003

MP 001 Chassis, metal (800/900 MHz) 015-0980-002

Chassis, metal (UHF) 015-0980-004

Display cover (remote head) 017-2227-051 MP 002 Speaker box/bracket 017-2226-024 1/4 in. coil shield 578-0003-001

Cable housing (remote head) 017-2227-053

515-9031-281

515-7100-928

5-1

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND MECHANICAL PARTS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

MP 003 TO-220 clip 017-2226-022

Speaker plate (remote head) 017-2227-055 MP 004 Foam mounting pad 018-1134-105 MP 005 Mounting bracket, 98xx 017-2229-005 MP 006 Acoustic insert 574-3002-140 MP 007 Low pass filter shield 017-2229-003

Foam mounting pad (remote head) 018-1134-105 MP 008 RF shield, PA cavity (except

following)

RF shield, PA cavity (430-470

MHz, low power only) MP 010 Cover, top 017- 2227-0 01 MP 011 Cover, bott om 017-2227-003 MP 012 Insulator (under RF bd) 018-1132-018 MP 013 Alum clad foam shield (on cover) 574-3001-035 MP 014 Alum clad foam pad 574-3001-036 MP 015 Foam, RF cavity 574-3001-037 MP 016 RF cavity shield 017-2227-007 MP 509 Heat sink sleeving (Q509) 016-2229-001 MP 600 Jumper strap 017-2224-340 MP 700 Front panel assembly

Front mount models 587-9840-005

Remote mount models 017-2227-059 MP 701 Elastomeric key pad 032-0793-0 07 MP 702 Key cap set, M-Net (5 caps) 587-9840-001

Key cap set, LTR-Net (5 caps) 587-9840-002 Key cap set SN/SZ (5 caps) 587-9840-003

Key cap set SN/SZ (25 caps) 587-9840-105 MP 703 Control knob 032-0792-010 MP 704 Membrane speaker 018-1 136- 124 MP 705 Block, acoustic 574-3002-141 MP 706 Speaker gasket 018-1136-126 MP 900 Can-VCO 017-2225-752

P 001 Connector, 2-pin right angle

(speaker harness)

PC 400 PC board, display, incld in A400) 035-9800-400 PC 450 PC board, interface 035-9800-450

Q 001 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 002 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 003 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 004 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 005 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 006 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658

017-2229-012

017-2229-013

515-7100-602

Ref No Description Part No.

Q 007 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 100 NPN UHF low noise 576-0003-651

R 001 Pot 50k ohm w/push-on sw 562-0018-075 R 002 22 ohm ±10% 2W wire-wound 569-2004-220 R 003 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 004 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 005 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 006 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 007 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 008 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 009 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 010 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 011 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 012 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 013 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 014 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 015 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 016 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 017 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 018 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 020 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 021 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 023 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 024 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 025 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 026 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 027 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 029 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 030 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 031 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 032 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 033 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-181 R 034 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-181 R 035 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-680 R 036 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-680 R 037 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-220 R 038 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-220 R 039 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-220 R 040 22 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-220 R 041 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 042 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 043 Thermistor, 10k ohm ±5% 569-3013-007 R 044 95.3k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-495 R 046 4.7k ohm trimmer smd 562-0138-472 R 047 8.06k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-388

5-2

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

R 048 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 049 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 050 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103

S 001 Switch, rotary and push 583-2042-001

U 001 LCD controller HD66710 544-2027-014 U 002 Microcontroller, 68HC705P9 023-9998-401 U 003 Regulator, 5V 1/2A 78M05 544-2003-079 U 004 Scmitt trigger/in v rtr TC7S1 4 544-3123-014

W 001 Rem pigtail cable, control unit 5 ft 597-9800-007

Data/accessory pigtail cable, 1 ft 597-9800-001

Data only pigtail cable, 1 ft 597-9800-005 W 003 Rem pigtail cable, transceiver 1 ft 597-9800-011

Ref No. Description Part No.

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS

A 533 Q600 Stabilizer Bd Assemb ly, 430-

470 MHz, 40W only, includes:

.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 33 ohm 1W resistor

33 ohm resistor A 900 VCO module 023-9840-931 (430-470 MHz) VCO module 023-9840-951 (470-512 MHz)

C 201 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-330 (430-470 MHz) 27 PF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-270 (470-512 MHz) C 202 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 203 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (430-470 MHz)

3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-369 (470-512 MHz) C 204 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (430-470 MHz)

5.1 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3615-519 (470-512 MHz) C 205 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-470 (430-470 MHz)

023-9800-531

510-3606-103 569-0175-330

Ref No. Description Part No.

39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 (470-512 MHz) C 206 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz)

C 207 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-189 (430-470 MHz)

1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-159 (470-512 MHz) C 208 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-339 (430-470 MHz)

2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-249 (470-512 MHz)

C 209 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 210 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 211 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (430-470 MHz)

3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-369 (470-512 MHz) C 212 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-229 (430-470 MHz)

1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-169 (470-512 MHz) C 213 47 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-470 (430-470 MHz) 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 (470-512 MHz) C 214 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (430-470 MHz)

5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-519 (470-512 MHz) C 215 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (430-470 MHz)

3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-369 (470-512 MHz) C 216 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (430-470 MHz)

4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-439 (470-512 MHz) C 217 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz)

5-3

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 218 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-339 (430-470 MHz)

2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-249 (470-512 MHz) C 219 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-189 (430-470 MHz)

1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-159 (470-512 MHz) C 220 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 221 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 C 222 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 223 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 224 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 225 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 226 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 227 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 (430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 228 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829 (430-470 MHz)

4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (470-512 MHz) C 229 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 230 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 231 3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-309 (430-470 MHz)

2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-249 (470-512 MHz) C 232 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-339 (430-470 MHz)

2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-249 (470-512 MHz) C 233 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-189 (430-470 MHz)

1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-169 (470-512 MHz) C 234 4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-439 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz) C 235 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (430-470 MHz)

5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (470-512 MHz)

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 236 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 (430-470 MHz) 18 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-180 (470-512 MHz) C 237 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (430-470 MHz)

7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-759 (470-512 MHz) C 238 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-339 C 239 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-189 (430-470 MHz)

1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-159 (470-512 MHz) C 240 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-339 (430-470 MHz)

2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (470-512 MHz) C 241 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 (430-470 MHz) 18 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-180 (470-512 MHz) C 242 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (430-470 MHz)

5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (470-512 MHz) C 243 4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-439 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz) C 244 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (430-470 MHz)

6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (470-512 MHz) C 245 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829 (430-470 MHz)

5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (470-512 MHz) C 246 3.9 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-399 C 247 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 248 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 249 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 251 18 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-180 C 252 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-151 C 253 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 255 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101

5-4

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 256 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 C 258 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 259 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 260 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-919 (430-470 MHz)

8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829 (470-512 MHz) C 261 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-919 (430-470 MHz)

6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (470-512 MHz) C 262 3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-339 C 263 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (430-470 MHz)

2.4 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-249 (470-512 MHz) C 264 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-759 C 266 27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-270 C 268 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-151 C 269 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 C 270 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 C 271 27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-270 C 272 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 274 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 275 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 276 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 277 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 278 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 281 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 282 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 283 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 284 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 285 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 286 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 287 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-470 C 288 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-759 C 289 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 290 36 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-360 C 291 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 292 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 293 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 294 47 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-470 C 295 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 296 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 297 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 298 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 299 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 300 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 301 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-100 C 302 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 303 .33 µF X7R ±10% 16V cer smd 510-3631-334 C 304 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 305 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 306 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 307 3.9 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-399 (430-470 MHz)

4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-439 (470-512 MHz)

C 500 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 (all others) C 501 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 502 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 503 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 504 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 505 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 506 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 507 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 508 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 509 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 510 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 511 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

6.8 µF 35V tantalum smd 510-2635-689 (all others) C 512 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 513 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

5-5

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 514 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (all others) C 515 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 (all others) C 516 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 517 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 518 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 519 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 520 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 521 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 522 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 523 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 524 220 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-221 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 525 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 526 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 527 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 528 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 529 12 pF NPO ±5% cer smd 510-3601-120 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others)

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 530 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 531 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 532 51 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-510 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 533 43 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-430 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 534 56 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-560 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) C 535 12 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 11 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-110 (470-512 MHz) C 536 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 39 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-390 (revised 430-470 MHz) 33 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-330 (470-512 MHz)

C 537 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF ±10% 50V hi Q smd 510-3663-101 (all others) C 538 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-150 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 539 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

5-6

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 540 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-399 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 541 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-240 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 16 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-160 (revised 430-470 MHz) 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-150 (470-512 MHz) C 542 20 PF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-200 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (revised 430-470 MHz)

8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829 (470-512 MHz) C 543 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-101 (all others) C 544 30 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-300 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-101 (all others) C 545 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-240 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 11 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-110 (470-512 MHz) C 546 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-240 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 547 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-240 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz)

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 548 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-519 (revised 430-470 MHz)

4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (470-512 MHz) C 549 470 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4064-471 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-759 (revised 430-470 MHz)

6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (470-512 MHz) C 550 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 13 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-130 (revised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (470-512 MHz) C 551 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 13 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-130 (revised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (470-512 MHz) C 552 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 13 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-130 (revised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (470-512 MHz) C 553 470 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4064-471 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) C 554 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 43 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-430 (revised 430-470 MHz) 33 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-330 (470-512 MHz) C 555 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-519 (revised 430-470 MHz)

4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (470-512 MHz) C 556 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479

(unrevised 430-470 MHz)

5-7

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-519

(revised 430-470 MHz)

4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (470-512 MHz) C 557 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

2.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-209 (revised 430-470 MHz)

1.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-109 (470-512 MHz) C 558 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (all others) C 559 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (revised 430-470 MHz) 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (470-512 MHz) C 560 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (all others) C 561 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 470 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4064-471 (all others) C 562 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 563 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 564 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (all others) C 565 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 470 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4064-471 (all others) C 566 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

Ref No. Description Part No.

100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 567 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-330 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 568 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-150 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 (all others) C 569 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-150 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 570 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 571 1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-159 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 572 20 PF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-200 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 573 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-240 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 (all others) C 574 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 575 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 576 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-150 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (all others) C 577 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-150 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 (all others)

5-8

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 578 15 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-150 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (all others) C 579 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-759 (revised 430-470 MHz)

6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (470-512 MHz) C 581 0.1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-104 C 600 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 601 470 pF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-471 C 602 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-680 C 603 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 604 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-680 C 605 6.8 µF 35V tantalum smd 510-2635-689 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 606 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 607 6.8 µF 35V tantalum smd 510-2635-689 C 608 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 609 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 (40 watt)

4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (25 watt) C 610 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 611 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-680 C 612 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 613 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 614 100 pF ±10% 50V hi Q cer smd 510-3663-101 C 615 56 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-560 (430-470 MHz) 47 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-470 (470-512 MHz) C 616 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-330 (430-470 MHz, 25 watt) 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-240 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt) 47 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-470 (470-512 MHz, 25 watt) 24 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-240 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 617 47 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-470

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 618 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (430-470 MHz)

4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-439 (470-512 MHz) C 619 5.1 pF ±5% NPO 805 smd 510-3615-519 (430-470 MHz)

4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-439 (470-512 MHz) C 620 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 C 621 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (430-470 MHz) C 622 5.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-519 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz) C 623 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz) C 624 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (430-470 MHz)

3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (470-512 MHz) C 625 2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 C 626 5.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-569 (430-470 MHz)

4.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-439 (470-512 MHz) C 627 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-330 (430-470 MHz, 25 watt) 27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-270 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt) 47 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-470 (470-512 MHz, 25 watt) 27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-270 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt)

C 628 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-399 (430-470 MHz)

3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-309 (470-512 MHz) C 629 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-399 (430-470 MHz)

3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-309 (470-512 MHz)

5-9

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 630 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-229 (430-470 MHz)

1.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-159 (470-512 MHz) C 631 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-330 C 632 56 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-560 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt) 27 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-270 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 633 47 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-470 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt) 43 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-430 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 634 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-229 (430-470 MHz)

2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (470-512 MHz) C 635 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (430-470 MHz)

2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (470-512 MHz) C 636 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (430-470 MHz) C 637 18 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-180

(430-470 MHz, 40W)

15 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-150

(470-512 MHz, 40W) C 638 56 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-560 (430-470 MHz) 47 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-470 (470-512 MHz) C 640 47 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-470 C 641 33 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-330

C 642 6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (430-470 MHz, 25 watt) 56 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-560 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt)

4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-479 (470-512 MHz, 25 watt) 27 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-270 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 643 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-399 (430-470 MHz)

2.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-279 (470-512 MHz)

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 644 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt)

6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 645 47 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-470 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt) 39 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-390 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 646 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100 (430-470 MHz, 25 watt) 43 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-430 (430-470 MHz, 40 watt) 27 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-270 (470-512 MHz, 25 watt) 27 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-270 (470-512 MHz, 40 watt) C 647 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 C 648 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-101 C 649 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-680 C 650 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 (25 watt) 22 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-220 (40 watt) C 651 2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-229 C 652 30 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-300 C 653 68 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-680 C 655 3.3 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-339 (430-470 MHz)

3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-309 (470-512 MHz) C 657 15 pF ±10% 50V hi Q cer smd 510-3663-150

(430-470 MHz, 40W)

7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-759 (470-512 MHz, 40W)

C 658 4.7 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-479

(470-512 MHz, 40W)

C 800 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 801 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 802 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 803 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 804 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 805 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 807 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 808 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 809 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-151 C 810 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101

5-10

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

C 811 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 812 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 813 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 814 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 C 815 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 816 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 817 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 818 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-919 (430-470 MHz)

8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829 (470-512 MHz) C 819 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 820 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 821 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 822 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 823 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 824 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 825 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 826 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-689 C 827 9.1 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-919 (430-470 MHz)

6.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 (470-512 MHz) C 828 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 829 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 830 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 831 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 832 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 833 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 834 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3607-224 C 835 .01 µF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3617-103 C 836 4700 pF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3616-472 C 837 .01 µF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3617-103 C 838 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 C 839 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 840 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 841 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 842 3.9 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-399 (revised 430-470 MHz)

8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829

(all others)

CR 200 Pin switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 201 Band switching diode 523-1504-035 CR 202 Band switching diode 523-1504-035

Ref No. Description Part No.

CR 203 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 204 Band switching diode 523-1504-035 CR 205 Band switching diode 523-1504-035 CR 206 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 207 Pin switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 208 Pin switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 209 Pin switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 210 Pin switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 211 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 CR 212 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 CR 500 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 501 Dual switching diode SOT-233 523-1504-023 CR 502 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 CR 503 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 504 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

(revised 430-470 MHz)

4.7V zener SOT-23 523-2016-479

(470-512 MHz, 40W only) CR 505 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 (470-512 MHz) CR 506 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 (470-512 MHz) CR 507 Dual switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 (470-512 MHz) CR 600 Transient suppressor 523-2906-001 CR 601 Pin diode 523-1504-032 CR 602 HC diode 523-1504-016 CR 603 Pin diode 523-1504-032 CR 800 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 801 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 802 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

EP 001 Transistor ground tab 017-2225-527 EP 001 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 (470-512 MHz) EP 002 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 (470-512 MHz) EP 003 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 (470-512 MHz) EP 200 Mini crystal pin insulator 010-0345-280 EP 500 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-001 (430-470 MHz)

5-11

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

EP 501 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 (430-470 MHz) EP 501 .055 ID x .015 teflon tubing 058-0053-515 EP 600 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 EP 601 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 EP 602 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 EP 603 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 EP 606 Ferrite bead, .296 x.296 517-2002-006

F 500 4 amp fuse smd very fast blow 534-5000-140

J 201 Connector, 2 x 10 pin male (RF bd)515-7100-944 J 501 Connector 1 x 8 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-942 J 600 Connector, 8-pin female 515-7102-115 J 601 Antenna jack, right angle 515-3011-020

L 200 0.5in long smd resonator 542-9004-005 L 201 0.5in long smd resonator 542-9004-005 L 202 15 nH inductor 542-9003-157 (430-470 MHz) 12 nH inductor 542-9003-127 (470-512 MHz) L 203 12 nH inductor 542-9003-127 L 204 0.5in long smd resonator 542-9004-005 L 205 47 nH inductor 542-9003-477 (430-470 MHz) 56 nH inductor 542-9003-567 (470-512 MHz) L 206 0.5in long smd resonator 542-9004-005 L 207 15 nH inductor 542-9003-157 L 208 .68 µH smd inductor 542-9000-688 L 209 12 nH inductor 542-9003-127 L 210 22 nH inductor 542-9003-227 L 211 12 nH inductor 542-9003-127 L 213 .68 µH smd inductor 542-9000-688 L 215 .68 µH smd inductor 542-9000-688 L 217 .27 µH ±5% smd inductor 542-9000-278 L 218 455 kHz variable with cap 542-1012-010 L 219 .22 µH ±5% smd 542-9000-228 L 220 Smd inductor 542-9003-277

L 500 5T 18.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-005 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 6T 17.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-006 (all others)

Ref No. Description Part No.

L 501 5T 18.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-005 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 3T 24 AWG .080 id inductor 542-0030-003 (revised 430-470 MHz) 2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor 542-0030-002 (470-512 MHz) L 502 12.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-004 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 3T 24 AWG .080 id inductor 542-0030-003 (revised 430-470 MHz) 2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor 542-0030-002 (470-512 MHz) L 503 9T 35.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-009 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor 542-0030-002 (all others) L 504 1T 2.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-001 L 505 8.0 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-003 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 2T 24 AWG .080 id inductor 542-0030-002 (all others) L 506 8.0 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-003 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 9T 35.5 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-009 (all others) L 507 8.0 nH smd air core inductor 542-0030-003 (430-470 MHz) L 600 4T .1 ID inductor 542-0020-044 L 601 4T .1 ID inductor 542-0020-044 L 602 4T .080 ID inductor 542-0020-034 L 603 3T .060 ID inductor 542-0020-013 (430-470 MHz) 3T .1 ID inductor 542-0020-043 (470-512 MHz) L 604 3T .1 ID inductor 542-0020-043 (430-470 MHz) 3T .12 ID inductor 016-0020-053 (470-512 MHz) L 605 4T .1 ID inductor 542-0020-044 L 606 3T .1 ID inductor 542-0020-043 L 607 7T 35.5 nH air core inductor 542-0030-007

(430-470 MHz, 40W) 9T 35.5 nH air core inductor 542-0030-009 (all others)

L 608 9T 35.5 nH air core inductor 542-0030-009

5-12

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

L 800 22 nH inductor 542-9003-227 L 801 12 nH inductor 542-9003-127 L 802 39 nH inductor 542-9003-397

MP 013 .120 isodamp foam 018-1132-019 MP 131 Shim substrate 010-0345-450 MP 208 1/4 in. coil shield 578-0003-001 MP 213 1/4 in. coil shield 578-0003-001 MP 215 1/4 in. coil shield 578-0003-001 MP 509 Heat sink sleeving 016-2229-001 (430-470 MHz) MP 900 Can, VCO 017-222 5-752

P 001 Power connector assembly, dual 023-4110-012

PC 200 PC board, RF Unrevised 430-470 MHz 035-9840-200 All others 035-9840-250 PC 600 PC board, PA 430-470 MH z, 25 watt 035-9843-50 0 470-512 MHz, 25 watt 035-9843-55 0 All 40 watt 035-9844-520

Q 200 PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 Q 201 NPN low noise medium power 576-0003-636 Q 202 N-channel dual MOSFET 576-0006-234 Q 203 PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 Q 204 NPN low noise med power amp 576-0003-636 Q 205 NPN digital w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 206 NPN digital w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 207 VHF/UHF amp 576-0003-634 Q 500 PNP power Darlington 576-0007-013

(unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN low noi se amp 576-0001-300 (all others) Q 501 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

PNP power Darlington 576-0007-013

(all others) Q 502 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 503 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 (all others) Q 504 PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

Ref No. Description Part No.

NPN general purpose 576-0003-65 8 (all others) Q 505 NPN gene ral purpose 576-0003-658 Q 506 NPN low noise amp 576-0003-618 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) PNP genera l purpose 576-0003-612 (all others) Q 507 NPN low noise amp 576-0003-618 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN general purpose 576-0003-65 8 (all others) Q 508 NPN UHF 1.5W amp 576-0004-401 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN gernal purpose 576-0003-658 (all others) Q 509 N-channel FET UHF 7W amp 576-0006-120 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN low noise amp 576-0003-618 (all others) Q 510 PNP med power switch 576-0002-057 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN low noise amp 576-0003-618 (all others) Q 511 N-channel RF power MOSFET 576-0006-450 (470-512 MHz) Q 512 NPN high current amp 576-0006-027 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN UHF 10W amp 576-0002-070 (all others) Q 513 NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

PNP med power switch 576-0002-057

(all others) Q 514 PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 (all others) Q 515 NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN high current amp 576-0006-027 (all others) Q 516 PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 (all others)

5-13

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

Q 517 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) PNP general purpose 576-0003-612 (all others) Q 600 NPN 50W amplifier 576-0004-402 Q 601 NPN 50W amplifier 576-0004-402 Q 602 NPN general purpose amp 576-0003-658 Q 800 NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 Q 801 NPN low noise med power amp 576-0003-636

R 200 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 201 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 202 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 203 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 204 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 205 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 206 3.9k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-392 R 207 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 208 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 209 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 210 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 211 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 212 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 213 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 214 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-331 (430-470 MHz) 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-271 (470-512 MHz) R 215 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 216 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smdl 569-0105-391 R 217 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 218 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 219 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 220 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 221 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 222 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-332 R 223 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 224 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 225 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-271 R 226 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-180 R 227 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-271 R 228 8.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-822 R 229 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-001 R 231 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 232 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 233 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 234 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 237 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 238 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 239 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 R 240 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 R 241 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 242 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-100 R 244 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-153 R 245 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-681 R 246 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-391 R 247 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 248 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-181 R 249 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 R 250 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-391 R 251 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 252 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 253 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-332 R 254 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-222 R 255 56k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-563 R 256 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 257 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 258 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 259 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-331 R 260 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-101 (430-470 MHz) R 261 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-100 (430-470 MHz)

R 500 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-222 R 501 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 502 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 503 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (430-470 MHz) R 504 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (470-512 MHz) R 505 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 506 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others) R 507 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102

5-14

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 508 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others) R 509 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 510 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-122 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others) R 511 120 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-121 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-681 (all others) R 512 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (all others) R 513 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 (all others) R 514 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 515 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 516 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-122 (all others)

R 517 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 120 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-121 (all others) R 518 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (all others) R 519 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-272 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (all others) R 520 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (all others)

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 521 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 (all others) R 522 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-122 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 (all others) R 523 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-271 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others) R 524 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (all others) R 525 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (all others) R 526 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-332 (all others) R 527 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 5k ohm smd top adj 562-0135-502 (all others) R 528 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others)

R 529 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-100 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-680 (all others) R 530 1.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-182 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-680 (all others) R 531 1.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-182 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others)

5-15

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 532 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-180 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 15 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-150 (all others) R 533 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (all others) R 534 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 33 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-330 (all others) R 535 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

1.5k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-152 (all others) R 536 100k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-501 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-122 (all others) R 537 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 51 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-510 (all others) R 538 17.8k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-425 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 (all others) R 539 42.2k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-461 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 (all others) R 540 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 (all others) R 541 54.9k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-472 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-501 (all others) R 542 7.5k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-385 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-101 (all others) R 543 12.1k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-409 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

Ref No. Description Part No.

1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 (all others) R 544 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-100 R 545 17.8k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-425 R 546 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

42.2k ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-461 (all others) R 547 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 548 54.9k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-472 R 549 7.5k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-385 R 550 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

12.1k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-409 (all others) R 551 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 552 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 553 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 554 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-151 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 555 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-181 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 556 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 557 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 558 2.2k ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-222 (unrevised 430-470 MHz) R 559 2.2k ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-222 (unrevised 430-470 MHz)

R 600 .030 ohm ±5% 2W WW smd 569-2019-307 R 601 10k ohm ±5% thermistor 569-3013-007 R 602 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 603 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 604 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd 569-0135-101 R 605 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-331 R 606 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104

(430-470 MHz, 40W) 68k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-683

(all others) R 607 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104

(all 25W)

5-16

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

UHF RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

75k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-753 (430-470 MHz 40W) 56k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-563 (470-512 MHz 40W) R 608 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 609 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd 569-0135-101 R 610 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd 569-0135-101 R 611 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 612 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-331

(430-470 MHz 40W) 100 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-101

(470-512 MHz 40W) R 613 470 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-471 (25 watt and 470-512 MHz 40W) 100 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-101 (430-470 MHz 40 watt) R 614 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-331 (430-470 MHz 40 watt) R 615 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-331 (430-470 MHz 40 watt) R 616 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-331 (430-470 MHz 40 watt)

R 800 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 801 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 802 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 803 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 804 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 805 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 806 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 807 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 808 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 809 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 810 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 811 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 812 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 813 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 814 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 815 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 816 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 817 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 818 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 819 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-001 R 820 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-001 R 821 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-001

Ref No. Description Part No.

R 822 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 823 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 824 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-001 R 825 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 826 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 827 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 828 Zero ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-001 R 829 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 830 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 831 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 832 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 833 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-153 R 834 12k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-123 R 835 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 836 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-180 R 837 68 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-680 R 838 24k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-243 R 839 39 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-390 R 840 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 841 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 842 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-151 R 843 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-151 R 844 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 845 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-100 R 846 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-562 R 847 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-180 R 848 18k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-183 R 849 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-474 R 850 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 851 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 852 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 853 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 854 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 855 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-151

(revised 430-470 MHz) 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 (all others)

R 856 82 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-820

U 201 FM IF system SA676DK 544-2002-037 U 500 Op amp, dual 2904 544-2019-004 U 501 Regulator, 8V 0.5A 78M08 544-2003-081 U 502 Regulator, adj 180mA TK1 190 0 544-2603-093 U 800 Shift register, 8-stage 4094 544-3016-094 U 801 Shift register, 8-stage 4094 544-3016-094

5-17

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS

PARTS LIST

Ref No. Description Part No.

U 802 Potentiometer, 4-chnl AD8403 544-0004-211 U 803 Op amp, dual 2904 544-2019-004 U 804 Synthesizer SA7025 544-3954-027 U 806 TCXO, 14.85 MHz ±2.0 ppm 518-7009-523

Z 202 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2006-034 Z 204 45 MHz 4-pole crystal filter 532-0009-027 Z 205 450 khz, 20 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2004-013 Z 206 450 khz, 20 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2004-013

Ref No Description Part No.

800/900 MHZ RF AND PA BOARDS

A 020 Pwr connector assembly includes:

.001 µF 500V feedthrough Contact (2) Shield Connector body 13 AWG tinned copper wire

A 533 Stabilization board, Q651 (800/900

MHz, 30W only) includes:

.01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd .01 µH smd inductor

33 ohm resistors A 900 VCO module, 800 MHz 023-9880-901 VCO module, 900 MHz 023-9890-901

C 202 12 pF NPO ±5% cer smd

(800 MHz models)

10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 214 8.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-829 C 222 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 223 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 224 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 225 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 226 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 227 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models)

2.2 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 231 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 232 56 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-560

510-3151-102 515-9033-006 017-2227-031 515-9033-012 597-0271-013

023-9884-531

510-3606-103 542-9001-107

510-3601-120

510-3615-100

510-3615-189

510-3615-229

Ref No Description Part No.

C 244 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 245 100 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-101 C 246 30 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models)

16 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 247 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 248 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 249 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 250 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 255 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 264 3.9 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models)

3.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 265 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-470 C 266 11 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) 30 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 268 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) 150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 269 15 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models only) C 270 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) 27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer

(900 MHz models) C 271 15 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) 27 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 272 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 274 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 275 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 276 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 277 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 278 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 280 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 281 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 282 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 283 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103

510-3615-300

510-3601-160

510-3601-399

510-3601-339

510-3601-110

510-3601-300

510-3601-390

510-3601-151

510-3601-150

510-3601-689

510-3601-270

510-3601-150

510-3601-270

510-3601-101

510-3605-103

5-18

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

C 284 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 285 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 286 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 287 33 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models)

47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 288 7.5 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-759 C 289 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 290 24 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) 36 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 291 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 292 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 293 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 294 47 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-470 C 295 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 296 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 297 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 298 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 299 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 300 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 301 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3602-100 C 302 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 303 .33 µF X7R ±10% 16V cer smd 510-3631-334 C 304 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 305 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 306 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 500 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 501 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 502 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 503 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 504 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 505 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 511 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 513 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 514 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 515 5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-569 C 516 16 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-160 C 517 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 518 1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-169 C 519 6.8 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3615-689 C 520 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 522 4.3 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3615-439 C 523 10 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-100

510-3601-330

510-3601-470

510-3601-240

510-3601-360

Ref No Description Part No.

C 524 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 525 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 526 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 527 1.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-169 C 528 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 529 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 530 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 531 1 µF ±10% 50V X7R cer smd 510-3606-105 C 532 1 µF 16V tantalum smd 510-2625-109 C 547 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 548 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 C 549 470 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4064-471 C 550 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 551 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 552 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 C 553 470 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4064-471 C 554 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 555 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 556 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 C 557 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 558 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 559 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 561 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 C 562 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 563 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 564 39 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-390 C 565 10 µF 25V tantalum smd 510-2627-100 C 566 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 599 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473

C 600 .018 µF X7R ±10% cer smd 510-3605-183 C 601 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 603 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd 510-3606-105 C 604 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 605 .018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-183 C 606 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd 510-3606-105 C 607 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 608 .018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-183 C 609 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 610 .018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-183 C 611 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd 510-3606-105 C 612 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 613 56 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3653-560 C 614 4 pF 250V mini mica

(30W 800/900 MHz models)

C 615 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd 510-3606-105

510-0019-409

5-19

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

C 619 1 µF ±10% 16V 50V cer smd 510-3606-105 C 620 1.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-109 C 621 56 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3653-560 C 622 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-189 C 623 12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120 C 624 3.9 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3653-399 C 625 7.5 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3663-759 C 626 7.5 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3663-759 C 627 3.9 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3653-399 C 628 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 629 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 630 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 631 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 632 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 633 10 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-100

(15W 800 MHz/30W 900 MHz)

12 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-120

(15W 900 MHz) 56 pF ±10% 50V high q smd 510-3653 -560

(30W, 800 MHz) C 634 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 635 1.8 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-189 C 636 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 637 .018 µF X7R k50V cer smd 510-3605-183 C 638 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 639 3.6 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-369 C 640 2.2 µF 16V tantalum smd 510-2625-229 C 651 3.0 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-309 C 652 10 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-100 C 653 12 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-120 C 654 18 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-180

(30W, 800 MHz)

12 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-120

(30W, 900 MHz) C 655 18 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-180

(30W, 800 MHz)

15 pF 250V mini mica 510-0019-150

(30W, 900 MHz) C 656 1.0 to 4.5 pF smd var 512-1008-001 C 657 3.3 pF ±10% 50V high q smd

(800 MHz models only) C 807 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 808 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 809 330 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models)

510-3653-339

510-3601-331

Ref No Description Part No.

150 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 811 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 812 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 813 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 814 10 µF 16V tantalum smd 510-2625-100 C 815 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 816 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 817 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 818 5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-569 C 819 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 820 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 821 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 822 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 823 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 824 100 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-101 C 825 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 826 12 pF NPO ±5% cer smd

(800 MHz models)

5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 827 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 828 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 829 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 830 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 831 1.0 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-109 C 832 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 833 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 834 0.1 µF X7R ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3610-104 C 835 .01 µF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3617-103 C 836 4700 pF NPO ±2% 50V cer smd 510-3616-472 C 838 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 C 839 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390 C 840 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 841 .001 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-102 C 842 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models) 27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models) C 843 5.6 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-569 C 844 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 845 10 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-100 C 846 10 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-100 C 847 4.7 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-479 C 848 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390

510-3601-151

510-3601-120

510-3601-569

510-3615-390

510-3601-270

5-20

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

C 849 47 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd

(800 MHz models)

27 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd

(900 MHz models)

C 850 39 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3615-390

CR 200 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 203 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 207 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 208 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 209 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 210 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 500 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002

(30W models only) CR 501 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 502 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 503 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 504 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 505 Dual sw diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 CR 506 Dual sw diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 CR 600 Transient suppressor 523-2906-001 CR 601 Zener diode 12V 523-2016-120 CR 602 PIN diode 523-150 4-0 32 CR 603 HC diode 523-1504-016 CR 604 PIN diode 523-150 4-0 32 CR 603 PIN diode 523-150 4-0 32 CR 800 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 801 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 802 PIN switching diode 523-1504-001 CR 803 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2016-519

EP 010 Ferrite noise suppressor

(J201/J302) EP 200 Crystal pin insulator 010-0345-280 EP 500 .055” x .015” teflon tubing 058-0053-515 EP 501 Ferrite bead 517-2503-002 EP 502 .03” teflon tubing 058-0053-510 EP 502 Ferrite bead 517-2503-002 EP 600 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010 EP 601 Ferrite bead smd 517-2503-010

F 500 Fuse, 4A smd very fast blow 534-5000-140

510-3601-470

510-3601-270

515-9034-065

Ref No Description Part No.

J 600 Connector, 8-pin female (PA bd) 515-7102-115 J 601 Antenna jack, right angle 515-3011-020

L 200 12 nH smd inductor

(800 MHz models only)

L 201 39 µH smd inductor

(800 MHz models only) L 207 .047 µH smd inductor 542-9001-477 L 213 Variable inductor

(800 MHz models) .68 µH smd inductor

(900 MHz models) L 214 3.9 µH inductor

(800 MHz models) L 215 Variable inductor

(800 MHz models) .68 µH smd inductor

(900 MHz models) L 217 .27 µH smd inductor 542-9000-278 L 218 455 kHz variable w/cap 542-1012-010 L 219 .22 µH inductor 542-9000-228 L 220 0.39 µH smd inductor 542-9001-398 L 501 8 nH smd inductor 542-0030-003 L 502 8 nH smd inductor 542-0030-003 L 503 9T 35.5 nH inductor 542-0030-009 L 504 12.5 nH smd inductor 542-0030-004 L 601 9T 35.5 nH inductor 542-0030-009 L 602 .033 µH smd inductor 542-9001-337

(15W models) 8T 22 AWG .090 ID inductor 542-0016-008

(30W models) L 603 .033 µH smd inductor 542-9001-337 L 604 8.0 nH smd inductor 542-0030-003 L 651 8T 22 AWG .090 ID inductor 542-0016-008 L 800 .047 µH smd inductor 542-9001-477 L 801 .047 µH smd inductor 542-9001-477

MP 002 1/4 in. coil shield 578-0003-001 MP 509 Heat sink sleeving (Q509) 016-2229-001 MP 600 Jumper strap 017-2224-340 MP 601 RF shield (900 MHz) 537-5001-008 P 001 Power connector, dual See A020

542-9003-127

542-9003-397

542-1012-015

542-9000-688

542-9000-399

542-1012-015

542-9000-688

J 201 Connector, 2 x 10 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-944 J 501 Connector 1 x 8 pin male (RF bd) 515-7100-942

PC 200 PC board, RF

800 MHz models (rev 2) 035-9880-200

900 MHz models (rev 2) 035-9890-200

February 2001

5-21

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

PC 500 PC board, power amp

800/900 MHz 15W (rev 2) 035-9882-500

800/900 MHz 30W (rev 3) 035-9884-500 Q 200 PNP switching 576-0003-612 Q 201 NPN low noise high freq 576-0003-618 Q 202 NPN low noise high freq 576-0003-618 Q 203 PNP switching 576-0003-612 Q 205 NPN digital w/resistor s 576-0003-616 Q 206 NPN digital w/resistor s 576-0003-616 Q 207 VHF/UHF amp 576-0003-634 Q 500 PNP power Darlington 576-0007-013 Q 501 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 502 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 503 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 504 PNP switching 576-0003-612 Q 505 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 506 NPN low noise amp 576-0003-604 Q 507 NPN 750 mW UHF/800 MHz amp 576-0004-098 Q 508 PNP switching 576-0003-612 Q 509 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 510 PNP med power amp/switch 576-0002-057 Q 511 NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 Q 512 NPN high current 576-0006-027 Q 513 NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 Q 514 PNP switching 576-0003-612

Q 600 PNP switching xstr 576-0003-612 Q 602 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 651 NPN 806-870 MHz 45W amp 576-0004-817 Q 800 NPN low noise amp 576-0001-300 Q 801 NPN low noise high freq 576-0003-618 Q 802 PNP switching 576-0003-612 Q 803 NPN digital w/resistor s 576-0003-616 Q 804 NPN digital w/resistor s 576-0003-616 Q 805 NPN digital w/resistor s 576-0003-616 Q 806 PNP switching 576-0003-612

R 200 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 205 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 206 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 207 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 208 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 209 220 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-221 R 210 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-180 R 211 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-271

Ref No Description Part No.

R 212 270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-271 R 213 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 214 560 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-561 R 215 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models)

R 216 39 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

18 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models)

R 217 150 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

270 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models)

R 218 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models) R 219 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 221 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-222 R 222 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 226 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 228 8.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-822 R 229 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 231 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 232 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 233 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 234 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 237 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 238 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 239 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 R 240 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 R 241 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 242 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 243 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-100 R 244 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-153 R 245 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-681 R 246 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-391 R 247 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 248 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-181 R 249 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 R 250 390 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-391 R 251 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 252 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 253 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-332

569-0105-151

569-0105-271

569-0105-390

569-0105-180

569-0105-151

569-0105-271

569-0105-181

569-0105-101

5-22

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

R 254 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-222 R 255 56k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-563 R 256 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 257 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623

(800 MHz models) 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473

(900 MHz models) R 258 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 259 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-331 R 500 2.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-222 R 501 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103

R 502 11.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0101-405

(800 MHz models)

10.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0101-401

(900 MHz models) R 503 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 504 1.15k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0101-307 R 505 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 506 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 507 1.15k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0101-307 R 508 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 509 11.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0101-405

(800 MHz models)

10.0k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0101-401

(900 MHz models) R 510 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-122 R 511 56 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-560

(800 MHz models) 120 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-121

(900 MHz models) R 512 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 513 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 514 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 515 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 516 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 517 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 518 51 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-510 R 519 5.1k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-512 R 520 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-122 R 521 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 522 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 523 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 524 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 525 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 526 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-101

Ref No Description Part No.

R 527 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-100 R 528 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-101 R 529 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-681 R 530 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-100 R 531 680 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-681 R 533 510 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-511 R 534 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 535 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 536 100k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-501 R 537 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 538 17.8k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-425 R 539 42.2k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-461 R 540 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 541 54.9k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-472 R 542 7.5k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-385 R 543 12.1k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-409 R 546 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 547 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 548 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 549 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102

R 600 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-471 R 601 .030 ohm 2W ±5% smd ww 569-2019-307

(all 15W, 800 MHz 30W) .015 ohm 2W ±5% smd ww 569-2019-157

(900 MHz, 30W) R 602 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 603 330 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-331 R 604 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd 569-0135-101 R 605 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 606 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 607 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 608 220k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-224 R 609 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd 569-0135-101 R 610 100 ohm ±5% .75W smd 569-0135-101 R 611 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 612 1k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-102 R 613 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-103 R 614 330 ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-331 R 615 100 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd 569-0105-101

(15W models)

2k ohm ±5% 1W smd 569-0175-202

(30W models) R616 100 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd 569-0105-101 R617 430 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd 569-0115-431 R618 10 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd 569-0115-100

5-23

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

800/900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

R619 430 ohm ±5% 1/8 smd 569-0115-431

R 800 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 801 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 802 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 803 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 804 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 805 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 806 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 807 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 808 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 809 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 810 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 811 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 812 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 813 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 814 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 815 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 816 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 817 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 818 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 819 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 820 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 821 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 822 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models) R 823 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 824 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 825 560 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-561 R 826 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models) R 827 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 828 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 829 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-153

(800 MHz models) 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103

(900 MHz models) R 830 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 831 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 832 180 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-181 R 833 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-153 R 834 12k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-123

569-0105-472

569-0105-104

569-0105-472

569-0105-103

Ref No Description Part No.

R 835 560 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-561 R 836 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 837 68k ohm ±5% cer smd 569-0105-683 R 838 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

24k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models) R 839 Zero ohm jumper 569-0105-001 R 840 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 841 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 845 10 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-100 R 846 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models) 11k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models) R 848 15k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-153 R 849 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-474 R 850 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 851 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models) 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(900 MHz models) R 852 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 853 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 854 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 855 47 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-470 R 856 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 857 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 858 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 859 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 860 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 861 15 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(800 MHz models)

0 ohm jumper

(900 MHz models) R 862 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 863 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223

RT 601 10k ohm ±5% thermistor 569-3013-007

S 001 Switch, rotary and push 583-2042-001 U 201 FM IF system SA676DK 544-2002-037 U 500 Op amp, dual 2904 544-2019-004 U 501 Regulator, 8V 0.7A 78M08 544-2003-081 U 502 Regulator, adjust 180 mA 544-2603-093 U 600 Power module, 20W 870 MHz

(800 MHz models)

569-0105-273

569-0105-243

569-0105-103

569-0105-113

569-0105-104

569-0105-473

569-0105-150

569-0105-001

544-4001-127

5-24

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

Power module, 18W 900 MHz

(900 MHz models) U 800 Shift register, 8-stage 4094 544-3016-094 U 801 Shift register, 8-stage 4094 544-3016-094 U 802 Potentiometer, 4-ch AD8403 544-0004-211 U 803 Op amp, dual 2904 544-2019-004 U 804 Synthesizer SA7025 544-3954-027 U 806 17.5 MHz TCXO ±1.5 ppm

(800 MHz models)

14.85MHz TCXO ±1.0 ppm

(900 MHz models)

Z 200 860 MHz 20 MHz bw 3-p filter

(800 MHz models) 938 MHz 6 MHz bw 3-p filter

(900 MHz models) Z 201 860 MHz 20 MHz bw 3-p

(800 MHz models) 938 MHz 6 MHz bw 3-p filter

(900 MHz models) Z 202 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2006-034 Z 203 807 MHz 18 MHz bw 2-p filter

(800 MHz models) 888 MHz 3-pole ceramic filter

(900 MHz models) Z 204 52.95 MHz 15 kHz bw 4-p filter

(800 MHz models) 45 MHz 7.5 kH z bw 4-p filter

(900 MHz models) Z 205 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 532-2006-034 Z 206 450 kHz ceramic filter 532-2004-016

544-4001-008

518-7009-521

518-7009-524

532-2007-011

532-2007-012

532-2007-011

532-2007-012

532-2006-011

532-2006-042

532-0009-009

532-0009-028

Ref No Description Part No.

AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (ALL MODELS)

C 100 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 101 470 pF NPO ±5% cer smd 510-3601-471 C 102 22 pF NPO ±5% cer smd 510-3601-220 C 103 22 pF NPO ±5% cer smd 510-3601-220 C 104 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 105 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104

Ref No Description Part No.

C 106 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-224 C 107 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 108 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 109 470 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-471 C 110 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 111 10 µF 16V tantalum smd 510-2625-100 C 112 10 µF 16V tantalum smd 510-2625-100 C 113 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 114 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 115 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 116 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 117 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 118 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 119 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 120 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 121 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104

C 300 .0012 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-122 C 301 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 302 .0012 µF X7R ±10% cer smd 510-3605-122 C 303 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 304 .033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-333 C 305 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 306 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 307 .0033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-332 C 308 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 309 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 310 .0022 µF X7R ±10% 50V smd 510-3605-222 C 311 820 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-821 C 312 .039 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-393 C 313 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 314 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 315 4.7 µF 10V tantalum smd 510-2624-479 C 316 .0018 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-182 C 317 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 318 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 319 1.0 µF 35V tantalum smd 510-2628-109 C 320 680 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer smd 510-3601-681 C 321 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473 C 322 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 323 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473 C 324 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 325 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473 C 326 220 µF 25V electrolytic 510-4425-221 C 327 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 328 1.0 µF 35V tantalum smd 510-2628-109

5-25

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

C 329 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473 C 330 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 331 .0033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-332 C 332 .0047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-472 C 333 .0068 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-682 C 334 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 335 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 336 560 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-561 C 337 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473 C 338 56 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-560 C 339 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 340 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 341 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 342 .0033 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-332 C 343 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 344 .0022 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-222 C 345 470 pF NPO ±5% 50V cer smd 510-3601-471 C 346 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-224 C 347 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 348 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 349 .047 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-473 C 350 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 351 .01 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-103 C 352 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-224 C 353 .22 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-224 C 354 4.7 µF 20V tantalum smd 510-2626-479 C 355 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 356 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 357 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 358 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 359 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 360 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 361 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 362 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 363 .1 µF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3606-104 C 364 470 pF X7R ±10% 50V cer smd 510-3605-471

Ref No Description Part No.

CR 109 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 110 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 111 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 112 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 113 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 114 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 115 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 116 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 118 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 119 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 120 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 121 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 122 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180 CR 123 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180 CR 128 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 129 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569

CR 300 Dual sw diode SOT-23 523-1504-023 CR 301 D ual sw diode SOT-23

(early versions) Switching diode SOT-23

(later versions w/separate diodes)

CR 302 3.3V zener SOT-23 523-2016-339

(early versions) Switching diode SOT-23

(later versions) CR 303 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180 CR 304 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 305 Dual diodes-com anodes 523-1504-024 CR306 3.3V zener SOT-23

(later versions)

DS 003 LED, green 549-4003-011 DS 004 LED, red 549-4003-012

F 100 Fuse, 2.0 A smd 534-5001-009 F 300 Fuse, 0.6A smd 534-5001-002

523-1504-023

523-1504-012

523-2016-339

CR 100 18V zener SOT-23 523-2016-180 CR 101 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 102 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 103 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 104 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 105 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 106 Switching diode SOT-23 523-1504-002 CR 107 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569 CR 108 5.6V zener SOT-23 523-2016-569

J 100 Connector, 20-pin 515-7111-286 J 101 Connector, 6-pin male 515-7111-255 J 301 Connector, 13-pin male 515-7111-262 J 302 Connector, 20-pin female 515-7111-230 J 303 3.6mm spkr jack enclosed 515-2001-011 J 304 Modular jack, 8-pin spec (mic jk) 515-2006-040

MP 101 Isodamp foam 018-1132-019 MP 450 Shim substrate 010-0345-450

February 2001

5-26

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

PC 100 PC board, audio/logic 035-9800-100

Q 100 N-channel MOSFET DPAK 576-0006-114 Q 101 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 102 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 103 PNP low noise amp 576-0003-657 Q 104 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 105 PNP low noise amp 576-0003-657 Q 106 NPN digital w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 107 PNP low noise amp 576-0003-657 Q 108 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 109 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 110 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 111 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 115 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 300 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 301 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 302 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 303 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 304 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 305 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 306 NPN general purpose 576-0003-658 Q 307 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616 Q 308 NPN digital, w/resistors 576-0003-616

R 100 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 101 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 102 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 103 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 104 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 105 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 106 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 107 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 108 680k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-684 R 109 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 110 1M ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-105 R 111 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 112 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 113 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 114 Zero ohm smd jumper 569-0105-001 R 115 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 116 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 117 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 118 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 119 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473

Ref No Description Part No.

R 120 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 121 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 122 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 123 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 124 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 125 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 126 1M ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-105 R 127 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 128 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 129 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 130 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 131 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 132 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 133 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 134 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 135 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 136 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 137 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 138 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 139 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 140 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 141 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 142 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 143 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-272 R 144 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 145 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 146 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 147 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 148 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 149 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 150 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 151 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 152 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 153 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 154 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 155 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 156 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 157 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 158 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 159 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 160 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 161 24.3k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-438 R 162 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 164 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 165 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473

5-27

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

R 166 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 167 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 168 3.40k ohm ±1% 1/8W smd 569-0111-352 R 169 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 170 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-472 R 171 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 172 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 173 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 174 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 175 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 176 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 177 100 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-101 R 178 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 179 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 193 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 194 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 196 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 197 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-103 R 198 Zero ohm smd jumper 569-0105-001 R 199 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0115-103 R 200 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102

R 300 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-682 R 301 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 302 620 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-621 R 303 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 304 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 305 390k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-394 R 306 180k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-184 R 307 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-562 R 308 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(early versions)

150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd

(later versions) R 310 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-154 R 311 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 312 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 313 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 314 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 315 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 316 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 317 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 318 Thermistor, 10k ohm ±5% 569-3013-007 R 319 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-334 R 320 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623

569-0105-104

569-0105-154

Ref No Description Part No.

R 321 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 322 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 323 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 324 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 325 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-562 R 326 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 327 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 328 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 329 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 330 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 331 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 332 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 333 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 334 390k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-394 R 335 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 336 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 337 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 338 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 339 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 340 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 341 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 342 33k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-333 R 343 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 344 560k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-564 R 345 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 346 62k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-623 R 347 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 348 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-154 R 349 1.5k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-152 R 350 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-562 R 351 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 352 820k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-824 R 353 18k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-183 R 354 Zero ohm smd jumper 569-0115-001 R 355 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 356 180k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-184 R 357 Zero ohm smd jumper 569-0115-001 R 358 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 359 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 360 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 362 Zero ohm smd jumper 560-0105-001 R 363 Zero ohm smd jumper 560-0105-001 R 364 Zero ohm smd jumper 560-0105-001 R 365 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-474 R 366 Zero ohm smd jumper 560-0105-001

5-28

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AUDIO/LOGIC BOARD (CONT’D)

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

R 367 470k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-474 R 368 Zero ohm smd jumper 560-0105-001 R 369 5.6k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-562 R 370 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 371 39k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-393 R 372 82k ohm ±5% cer smd 569-0105-823 R 373 3.3k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-332 R 374 68k ohm ±5% cer smd 569-0105-683 R 375 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-154 R 376 Zero ohm smd jumper 560-0105-001 R 377 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 378 470 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-471 R 379 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-682 R 380 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 381 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 382 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 383 Zero ohm smd jumper 569-0115-001 R 384 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 385 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 386 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 387 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 388 47k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-473 R 389 82k ohm ±5% cer smd 569-0105-823 R 390 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 391 100k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-104 R 392 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-334 R 393 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-334 R 394 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 395 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 397 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 399 Zero ohm smd jumper 569-0115-001 R 400 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 401 620 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-621 R 402 330k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-334 R 403 20k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-203 R 404 120k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-124 R 405 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 406 620 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-621 R 407 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 408 150k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-154 R 409 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 410 6.8k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-682 R 411 22k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-223 R 412 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102

Ref No Description Part No.

R 413 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 414 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 415 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 416 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 417 27k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-273 R 418 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 419 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 420 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 421 10k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-103 R 422 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 423 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 424 1.0k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-102 R 425 4.7k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-472 R 426 7.5k ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-752 R 428 51 ohm ±5% 1/8W smd 569-0105-510 RT 301 10k ohm thermistor 569-3013-007

U 100 Low volt sensor MC33164D 544-2003-074 U 101 Microcomputer, MC68HC11 544-5001-018 U 102 4k x 8 bit serial EEPROM X25320 544-5001-416 U 103 OR, 2-input quad 74HC32 544-3766-032 U 104 NAND, 2-input qu ad 74HC0 0 544-3766-000 U 105 Regulator, 5V .5A 78M05 544-2003-079 U 106 Demux, 10 of 8 74HC138 544-3766-138 U 107 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM AT3864 544-5002-115 U 108 EPROM, Flash 128k x 8

AT29C010 U 109 Mux, 2-input quad 74HC157 544-3766-157 U 110 D-flip flop octal 74HC574 544-3766-574 U 111 D-flip flop octal 74HC574 544-3766-574 U 112 D-flip flop octal 74HC574 544-3766-574 U 300 Op amp, quad MC3303 544-2020-008 U 301 Op amp, quad MC3303 544-2020-008 U 302 Op amp, quad MC3303 544-2020-008 U 303 Op amp, quad MC3303 544-2020-008 U 304 Op amp, dual 2904 544-2019-004 U 305 Shift reg. 8-stage MC4094 544-3016-094 U 306 Audio amp, 3W w/vol control 544-2006-025 U 307 Bilateral switch, quad MC4066 544-3016-066 U 308 Bilateral switch, quad MC4066 544-3016-066

Y 100 9.8304 MHz crystal 521-0009-830

544-5001-211

5-29

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

PARTS LIST

Ref No Description Part No.

9800-SERIES RADIO MOUNTING KIT

PART NO. 023-9800-0 30

HW 001 Screw, No. 10 self drilling (4) 575-9077-545 MP 001 Tri knob (2) 547-0016-008

9800-SERIES REMOTE MOUNTING KIT

PART NO. 023-9800-0 40

HW 001 Screw, No. 10 self drilling (4) 575-9077-545 HW 002Flat washer, vulcanized (2) 596-6400-030 MP 004 Mounting bracket, rem ctrl unit 017-2227-057 MP 001 Tri knob (2) 547-0016-008

DC POWER CABLE AND HARDWARE KIT

PART NO. 023-9800-410 (10 Ft) PART NO. 023-9800-422 (22 Ft)

A 001 Mic clip ground wire assembly 023-7171-911

EP101 Power connector contact (2) 515-9033-006 EP104 Ring term, 3/8” 10-12 AWG (1) 586-0001-019 EP105 Ring term, 3/4" 10-12 AWG (1) 586-0001-036 F 201 Fuse kit, 15A and 7A 534-0003-100 FH101 Fuseholder assembly includes: Body 534-1004-031 Knob w/washer 534-1004-032 Contact, 14-16 AWG (2) 534-1004-037 Spring 534-1004-035 HW201 Screw, 4-24 x 5/16"sheet metal (3) 575-3604-010 MP201 HD mic clip 023-3514-001 P 101 Power connector housing, dual 515-9033-012 W 101 Wire, 12 AWG stranded red 597-7021-202 W 103 Wire, 12 AWG stranded blue 597-7021-206

ACCESSORY WIRE KIT PART NO. 023-9750-0 11

F 001 Fuse, 1A 250V FB AGC 534-0003-020 FH001 Fuseholder includes:

Fuse contact, 16-20 AWG (2) 586-9004-001 Body 534-1004-031 Knob 534-1004-032

Spring 534-1004-035 HW001 Crimp pin contact (7) 515-1501-055 P 100 Receptacle housing, 8-pin (2) 515-1501-050

C 001 3.3 µF 16V tantalum chip 510-2625-339 C 002 220 pF ±5% NPO 50V cer chip 510-3602-221 EP001 Contact .038" diameter 586-9008-100 EP002 Mic cord w/mod connector 597-2002-113 EP004 Terminal (on hanger) 022-0069-011 HW001 Screw 4-20 x 3/8 575-5604-012 HW004 Screw 2-56 x 3/8 575-1602-012 MK001 Dynamic mic cartridge 589-1011-003 MP001 Case front black 032-0426-100 MP002 Case back black 032-0427-1 00 MP003 Actuator black 032-0428-050 MP004 Cartridge gasket 032-0429-075 MP005 Blast filter 018-1033-002 MP006 Switch bracket 017-1885-030 MP007 Hanger button 013-1216-005 MP008 Crimp retainer 017-2222-005 MP009 Rubber bumper 018-0798-009 MP010 Backing plate 015-0876-026 MP011 Strain relief, mic cord 032-0429-085 MP012 Shim support, rubber bumper 017-2222-007 MP020 Foam support 018-0798-012 NP001 Nameplate 559-0039-026 PC001 PC board, amplifier 035-0441-020 Q 001 NPN amplifier SOT-23 576-0003-658 R 001 51k ohm ±5% 1/8W chip 569-0115-513 R 002 18 ohm ±5% 1/8W chip 569-0115-180 S 001 Leaf switch SPST 583-1004-031

15 WATT, 4.7-OHM SPEAKER (BLACK)

HW000 Screw, self-drilling 575-9077-543 HW001 Strain relief (in case back) 574-0003-008 HW003 Screw, 4-20 x 1/2 pan head 575-5604-016 HW005 Foam gasket 018-1126-001 HW006 Retaining washer 596-9210-012 LS001 Speaker, 5'' 15W 4.7 ohm 589-1016-004 MP000 Mounting bracket (black) 032-0760-004 MP000 Tri knob 10-32 547-0016-004 MP001 Case front (black) 032-0758-004 MP002 Case back (black) 032-0759-004 NP001 Overlay, speaker front 559-0072-010 P 001 Miniature phone plug 515-0020-003 W 001 Cable, 2-cond 18 AWG 597-2006-100

AMPLIFIED DYNAMIC MICROPHONE

PART NO. 250-0740-3 00

PART NO. 250-0151-0 10

5-30

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

MP701

PARTS LIST

A475

HW703 (3)

MP702 (5)

MP703 (2)

HW702 (2)

MP700

HW701 (2)

Interface

Board

HW701 (2)

Display Board

(A400)

MP705

MP704

FRONT PANEL EXPLODED VIEW

5-31

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

February 2001 Part No. 001-9800-001

5-32

HW004 (2)

MP006

J001

LS001

MP004

MP002

HW010 (4)

MP705

A700

HW004 (2)

MP005

MP001

(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)

MP1

HW009 (2)

MP010

HW009 (2)

MP016

MP015

HW003 (7)

RF Board

MP003

MP012

HW001 (4)

(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)

MP008

HW003 (7)

MP007

HW002 (2) HW007 (2)

Power Amplifier

Board

Audio/Logic

Board

HW003 (5)

MP013

MP014

MP011

HW009 (2)

HW006 (2)

(Speaker Box/Bra c ket)

HW001

(Chassis)

FRONT AND TOP MECHANICAL PARTS BOTTOM MECHANICAL PARTS

February 2001 Part No. 001-9800-001

5-33

A700

MP705

HW010

MP002

LS001

MP006 (Acoustic Insert)

MP003

MP002

(Cable Housing)

(Speaker Box/Bracket)

W001

HW001 (2)

HW001 (4)

MP004

(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)

MP001

(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)

HW001

(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)

HW002

(Part of -040 Mtg Kit)

MP001

(Display Cover)

HW009 (2)

MP001

(Chassis)

HW009 (2)

MP011

HW009 (2)

MP010

W003

MP700

HW004 (2)

HW001 (4)

(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)

MP005

MP001

(Part of -030 Mtg Kit)

HW009 (2)

MP007 (Foam Mtg Pad)

REMOTE CONTROL UNIT MECHANICAL PARTS

REMOTE TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL PARTS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS

SECTION 6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS

TRANSISTOR AND DIODE BASING DIAGRAMS

TRANSISTORS

Part Number Basing Diagram Identification

576-0001-300 1 1R 576-0002-057 2 576-0002-070 3 576-0003-604 4 3604 576-0003-612 1 2T 576-0003-616 1 26 576-0003-618 5 10 576-0003-634 1 3B 576-0003-636 1 R25 576-0003-651 1 24 576-0003-657 1 2A 576-0003-658 1 1A 576-0004-098 4 576-0004-401 6 576-0004-402 7 576-0004-817 8 576-0006-027 9 576-0006-114 10 576-0006-120 11 576-0006-234 12 MO 576-0006-450 11 576-0007-013 2 -

Number on Schematic

DIODES

523-1504-001 - 4D 523-1504-002 - 5A 523-1504-016 - 5F 523-1504-023 - A7 523-1504-024 - A1 523-1504-032 - 523-1504-035 AS 523-2016-120 - Y2 523-2016-180 - Y6 523-2016- 339 - W6 or Z 14 523-2016-519 - Z2 523-2016-569 - Z3

TOP

VIEW

EBBE

TOP

VIEW

ECCE

EEC

TOP

VIEW

BEE

TOP

VIEW

TOP

VIEW

GND

OUT

TOP

VIEW

GND

CBB

TOP

VIEW

TOP

VIEW

TOP

VIEW

TOP

VIEW

G2G1

TOP

VIEW

6-1

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

AMPLIFIED DYNAMIC MICROPHONE SCHEMATIC AND MECHANICAL PARTS

Part No. 250-0740-300

6-2

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

TRANSCEIVER TOP PHOTO (800 MHZ SHOWN)

Board

Audio/

Logic Board

TRANSCEIVER BOTTOM PHOTO (800 MHZ, 30W SHOWN)

6-3

Board

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

February 2001 Part No. 001-9800-001

6-4

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

J201 J302

TRANSMIT UNSW BAT GND GND

RF STROBE

SW BAT

SERIAL DATA TX WB DATA TX AUDIO RX AUDIO RSSI TX DATA LOCK DET SERIAL CLOCK 8V TX ON GND ON - OFF CTRL TEMP SYNTH STROBE

DISPLAY CLOCK

DISPLAY DATA OUT

DISPLAY DATA IN

GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

J100

GND

TRANSMIT

UNSW BAT

GND GND

SW BAT

RF STROBE SERIAL DATA TX WB DATA

TX AUDIO RX AUDIO

RSSI

TX DATA

LOCK DET

SERIAL CLOCK

TX ON

GND

ON - OFF CTRL

TEMP

SYNTH STROBE

UNSW BAT UNSW BAT GND GND TEMP CUR SENSE TRANSMIT FORWARD

PWR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

J501J600

UNSW BAT UNSW BAT

GND GND

TEMP

CUR SENSE

TRANSMIT

FORWARD PWR

EXCITER RFEXCITER RF

RX RFRX RF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

SW BAT RX FILTER TX FILTER TxD RxD TRANSMIT INPUT 2 EXT SERV RQST OPTION 1 OUTPUT C POWER SW

GND

J301

1 2

+ _

INTERNAL SPEAKER

SP1

EXT SPKR JACK

J303

OPTION 1

WIRE - OUTS

OPTION 2

WIRE - OUTS

W311 W312 W313 W314 W315 W316 W317 W318 W319 W320W310

W309

W308

W307

W306

W305

W304

W303

W302

W301 INPUT 2

PTT TRANSMIT RX OUT 2 RX IN 2 TX OUT 2 TX IN 2 8V OUTPUT B GNDGND

OUTPUT A

TX IN 1

TX OUT 1

RX IN 1

RX OUT 1

TRANSMIT

PTT

INPUT 3

1 2 3 4 5 6

2 6 7 1 4 5 3 8NC

TO EXTERNAL ACCESSORY

ACCESSORY WIRE KIT

PART NO. 023-9750-011

ACCESSORY CABLE

PART NO. 597-9800-003

OR 597-9800-001

J101

GND

HORN HONK

SPKR OUT

OUTPUT D

IGN SENSE

SW BAT

BLK

RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/BLK

WHT/RED

WHT/GRN

BRN

GRY

ORN

BLU

YEL

GRN

WHT

NC NC

PURPLE

PINK

PART OF DATA CABLE

PART NO. 597-9800-001/-005

DEALERCONFIGURED CONNECTOR

P1 + _

POWER

JACK

J601

ANTENNA

JACK

PA BOARD AUDIO / LOGIC BOARDRF BOARD

SPKR (+)

SPKR (-)

GND

VOL WIPER

RESET SW BAT SW BAT

RxD TxD

SERV RQST

RX AUDIO

PTT / PROG 1

MIC AUDIO

POWER SW

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

19 18

RxD A

17 16

GND 1

HANGER 3

PTT 4

SW BAT 5

RX AUDIO 6

TxD B

MIC AUDIO 2

MICROPHONE

JACK

OFF

50k

R1 ON-OFF VOLUME

CONTROL

CWW

SELECT SWITCH

4 5 3 1

INTERFACE BOARD

NOTES:

1. WITH SOME MICROCONTROLLERS, R45 IS USED INSTEAD OF THE COMPONENTS INSIDE THE DOTTED LINES.

3 4 5 1

6 7

CLOCK

DATA DATA GND

RESET

SW BAT

SERV RQST

HANGER

PBNO A PBNO B

CCW

J1J2 J2 J1

8 12 9 10

8 7

11 2

3 4 5 1

DISPLAY HARNESS

PART NO. 023-9800-047

SOURCE SW BAT

R21 10k

R18 10k

R6 47k

47k

PA7 PC5

PD7 IRQ

R4 47k

R20 10k

R41 10k

13 11 12

RESET

SDI

SDO

SCK

GND

VCC

PC1 PC0

PC2

PC3

PC4

PA6

PA5

PA4

PA3

PA2

PA1

PA0

S2S3S4

R15

10k

R14

10k

R13

10k

R16 10k

R17

10k

KEYPAD

72 73 55

63 62 61 68 69 70 71

R / W RS DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7

SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG4 SEG5 SEG6 SEG7

75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84

SEG8

SEG9 SEG10 SEG11 SEG12 SEG13 SEG14 SEG15 SEG16 SEG17 SEG18

85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

SEG19 SEG20 SEG21 SEG22 SEG23 SEG24 SEG25 SEG26 SEG27 SEG28 SEG29 SEG30 SEG31 SEG32 SEG33 SEG34 SEG35 SEG36 SEG37 SEG38 SEG39 SEG40

93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 COM7 COM8 COM9

COM10 COM11 COM12 COM13 COM14 COM15 COM16 COM17

46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 38

SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG4 SEG5 SEG6 SEG7

SEG12 SEG13 SEG14 SEG15 SEG16 SEG17 SEG18 SEG19

SEG21 SEG22 SEG23 SEG24 SEG25 SEG26 SEG27 SEG28 SEG29 SEG30 SEG31 SEG32 SEG33 SEG34 SEG35 SEG36 SEG37 SEG38 SEG39 SEG40

SEG20

SEG8 SEG9 SEG10 SEG11

COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 COM5 COM6 COM7 COM8 COM9 COM10 COM11 COM12 COM13 COM14 COM15 COM16 COM17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57

48 47

45 44

42 41 39

EXT TEST GND

R3722R38

HD66710

VK2360

DISPLAY DRIVER DISPLAY

R23

4.7k

R24

4.7k

R25

4.7k

R26

4.7k

R27

4.7k

R32

R12 10k

3658

R34

180

R31

R11 10k

3658

R33

180

V5OUT2

VCC

3658

C8 .01

R42 10k

RT43

10k

R46

4.7k

VIEW ANGLE ADJUST

.01

+C3

SOURCE

VOUTVIN

GND

SW BAT

MC78M05

5V REGULATOR

VCI

+ C2 1

R44

95.3k

59 60

OSC1 0SC2

3658

R10 10k

R30

R29

R39

R40

R36

TX (RED)

CR4

BUSY (GRN)

PC6

PC7

TCMP

PD5

R49

R50 10k

R35

DS1 DS5

DS4

DS3

DS2

BACKLIGHT

R45

10pF

R48

R47

8.06k

24pF

TC7S14

OSC2

OSC1

MC68HC05

MICROCONTROLLER

DISPLAY BOARD

INTERCONNECT SCHEMATIC

1 2

19 20

INTERFACE BOARD LAYOUT

CAUTION: LTR-Net models may automatically transmit at any time (see Section 4.1).

CR4

OPT SW S1

OPT SW S2

A401

OPT SW S3

OPT SW S4

OPT SW S5

DISPLAY BOARD TOP VIEW

DS1

DS2

DS4

DS3

100

R26

R27

R24

R35

R23

R25

R46

R39

R40

R30

R10

R42 R43

R36

R44

R50

R20

R41

R49

R14

R29

R15

R17

R18

R16

R13

R45

12 R21

R33

R31

R12

R32

DS2

R11

B E

R34

C7C5

R37

R47

R48

R38

DISPLAY BOARD BOTTOM VIEW

6-5

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

1 2 3 4 5 6

Orange

Black

Red

Green

Yellow

Blue

Grey

Brown

PROGRAMMING

CABLE

(P.N. 597-2002-200)

CR10

R14 R26

R15

A 1 2 3 4 5 6 B

DS1

R10

R17

R18

R16

CR5

C12

R19

C13

CR8

R11

R6 R5 R4

CR9

R24

R27

C18

R25

R20

R21 R22

R23

C10

C11

C16

CR7

R12

C14

C15

C17

J7 1

CR1

CR4

R13

CR6

CR2

CR3

RPI (P.N. 023-9800-000) BOARD LAYOUT

TO TRANSCEIVER

MIC AUDIO OUT

HANGER

TO TRANSCEIVER

A 1 2 3 4 5 6 B

HANGER

GND

RxD GND

BATTERY

GND

TxD GND

12V VPP

RXD

GND

20V PROG

BATTERY

RX AUDIO IN

TxD

NOTES:

12V REGULATOR

LM7L12

OUT

4, 5

R19

C13

VCC

R27

R26

R14

100k

1. All Resistors Are In Ohms and All Capacitors Are In Microfarads Unless Otherwise Specified.

2. DCE (Default) 2-4, 1-3 DTE - 1-2, 3-4

CR9

CR10

.01

GND

2, 3, 6, 7

CR8

3658

CURRENT

LIMITER

6026

C17 22k

R16 22k

R22 470

R21 470

C17

VCC

R25

10K

R23

10K

R24

22k

R15

3657

R18

3. J7, 1-2 Jumper Normally Not Installed. This Jumper Is Used Only When The RPI Power Supply Must Provide The Battery Supply ToThe External Device Connected To J4 or J5.

RS - 232 / TTL CONVERTER

VCC

R20

10k

C15

4.7

SOURCE

C10

22k

C8 47

3.01k

U004

MAX232

VCC

R1 OUT

T1 IN

V POS

C1 POS

C1 NEG R2 OUT

T2 IN

TI OUT

GND

R1 IN

V NEG

C2 POS

C2 NEG

R2 IN

T2 OUT

3 9

5V REGULATOR

VCC

MC78M05

OUT

DC - DC CONVERTER

.001

MC33063

47.5k

CR5

15 13

5 8 7

GND

C18

VCC

GND

4. R2, R23, And R24 Can Provide These Options:

C16

C14

4.7

C11

20nH

R11 180

Option 1 (Default) - R2, R25 In, R23, R24 Out Option 2 - R23 In, R2, R24, R25 Out Option 3 - R24, R25 In, R2, R23 Out

BATTERY

VCC

CR7

CR6

VCC

CR1

CR2

C12

4.7

SERIAL PORT

R12

10k

DCD

TxD

RxD

DTR

DSR

RTS

DB9 TO COMPUTER

CTS

CR4

R10

DC POWER JACK

DS1

RX AUDIO OUT

CR3

RED

GRN

MIC AUDIO IN

R13

10k

RPI (P.N. 023-9800-000) SCHEMATIC

6-6

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES

RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (UHF)

The following guid e can b e used to loc ate c omponents on th e 43 0-470 a nd 470-5 12 MHz RF board layout s on

pages 6-8 and 6-11. Refer to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location of a component.

NOTE: When the location of a component is different on the board unrevised 430-470 MHz board, the location on the unrevised board is listed first and the location on the revised 430-512 MHz board is listed second.

Comp. Location

A 900 C2 C 201 A4

C 202 A5 C 203 A4 C 204 A4 C 205 A4 C 206 A4 C 207 A4 C 208 A4 C 209 A4 C 210 A4

C 211 A4 C 212 A4 C 213 A4 C 214 A4 C 215 A4 C 216 A4 C 217 A4 C 218 A4 C 219 A4 C 220 A5 C 221 A5 C 222 A5 C 223 A5 C 224 A5 C 225 A5 C 226 A5 C 227 A5 C 228 A5 C 229 B5 C 230 B5 C 231 A5 C 232 A5 C 233 A5 C 234 B5/A5 C 235 B5 C 236 B5 C 237 B5 C 238 B5 C 239 B5 C 240 B5

Comp. Location

C 241 B5 C 242 B5 C 243 B5 C 244 B5 C 245 B5 C 246 B5 C 247 B5 C 248 B5 C 249 B4 C 251 B5 C 252 B5 C 253 B5 C 255 B4 C 256 B4 C 258 B4 C 259 B4 C 260 B4 C 261 B4 C 262 B4 C 263 B4 C 264 B4 C 266 B5 C 268 B5 C 269 C5 C 270 C5 C 271 C5 C 272 C5 C 274 C5 C 275 C4 C 276 C4 C 277 C4 C 278 C5 C 281 C5 C 282 C5 C 283 B4 C 284 C4 C 285 B4 C 286 C4 C 287 C4 C 288 B4 C 289 C5

Comp. Location

C 290 C4 C 291 C5 C 292 B4 C 293 C5 C 294 B5 C 295 C5 C 296 C5 C 297 C5 C 298 C5 C 299 C4 C 300 C4 C 301 C4 C 302 C4 C 303 B4 C 304 B5 C 305 A3 C 306 A3 C 307 B5 C 500 B2 C 501 A2/B2 C 502 B2 C 503 A2 C 504 A2 C 505 A2 C 506 A3 C 507 A4 C 508 A4 C 509 A3 C 510 A4

C 511 A3/B2 C 512 A1/A4 C 513 A2/A3 C 514 B1/B2 C 515 A1/B2 C 516 A1/C1 C 517 B1/B2 C 518 B1/C1 C 519 B1/A1 C 520 C1/A1 C 521 C1 C 522 A1/C1

Comp. Location

C 523 A1/C1 C 524 A1/B1 C 525 C1/B1 C 526 C1 C 527 C1 C 528 C1/B1 C 529 C1/B1 C 530 C1 C 531 C1 C 532 C1/A1 C 533 C1/A1 C 534 B1/A1 C 535 A1 C 536 B1 C 537 C1/A1 C 538 C1/B1 C 539 B1 C 540 B1/C1 C 541 B2/C1 C 542 B1/C1 C 543 B1 C 544 B1 C 545 A1 C 546 A1 C 547 A1 C 548 A3A1 C 549 A3/A1 C 550 A3/C1 C 551 A3/C1 C 552 B3/C1 C 553 B3/C1 C 554 A3/B1 C 555 A3/C1 C 556 B4/C1 C 557 B4/C1 C 558 B4/B1 C 559 A4/B1 C 560 A3 C 561 B4/A3 C 562 B3/A3 C 563 B3/A3

6-7

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES

UHF RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE (CONT’D)

Comp. Location

C 564 B3 C 565 A2/B3 C 566 B3/A3 C 567 B1/A3 C 568 A1/B4 C 569 A1/B4 C 570 C1/B4 C 571 C1A3 C 572 B1/A3 C 573 B1/B4 C 574 B1/B3 C 575 B1/B3 C 576 A1/B3 C 577 A1/A2 C 578 B1/B3 C 579 B1/A1

C 800 A3 C 801 A3 C 802 A3 C 803 A4 C 805 A3 C 807 C2 C 808 C2 C 809 C4 C 810 A3 C 811 C3 C 812 C3 C 813 C1 C 814 C2 C 815 B3 C 816 C3 C 817 C1 C 818 C2 C 819 C3 C 820 C4 C 821 B3 C 822 C2 C 823 C3 C 824 C3 C 825 C4 C 826 C2/C1 C 827 C2 C 828 C3 C 829 C3 C 830 B3

Comp. Location

C 831 B2 C 832 B3 C 833 B3 C 834 B2 C 835 B2 C 836 B2 C 837 B2 C 838 B2 C 839 B2 C 840 B2 C 841 B3

C 842 C3 CR200 A5 CR201 A4 CR202 A4 CR203 B5 CR204 A5 CR205 B5 CR206 B4 CR207 C5 CR208 C5 CR209 C5 CR210 C5

CR211 A3 CR212 A2 CR500 A2 CR501 A2 CR502 A2 CR503 B2 CR504 A2 CR505 A3 CR506 A2 CR507 A2 CR800 C1 CR801 C1 CR802 B2

EP001 A2

EP002 B1

EP003 B1

EP500 B1

EP501 A1

F 500 A3

J 201 A3

Comp. Location

J 501 A3

L 200 A4 L 201 B4 L 202 A5 L 203 A5 L 204 A5 L 205 B5 L 206 B5 L 207 B5 L 208 B5 L 209 B4 L 210 B4

L 211 B4 L 213 B5 L 215 C5 L 217 C4 L 218 C4 L 219 B4 L 220 B5 L 500 A1 L 501 B1/C1 L 502 C1 L 503 C1 L 504 C1 L 505 C1 L 506 C1/B1 L 507 B1 L 800 C2 L 801 C2 L 802 C3

Q 200 A5 Q 201 A5 Q 202 B5 Q 203 B4 Q 204 B4 Q 205 C4 Q 206 C4 Q 207 B4 Q 500 A2 Q 501 A2 Q 502 A2 Q 503 B2/A2 Q 504 C1/A2 Q 505 C1/B2

Comp. Location

Q 506 C1 Q 507 C1 Q 508 B1/A3 Q 509 A1/C1 Q 510 A2/C1 Q 511 A2/B1 Q 512 A2/A1 Q 513 A2 Q 514 A2 Q 515 A2 Q 516 A2 Q 517 A3/A2 Q 800 C2 Q 801 C2

R 200 A4 R 201 A4 R 202 A4 R 203 A4 R 204 A4 R 205 A5 R 206 A5 R 207 A5 R 208 A5 R 209 A5 R 210 B5 R 211 A5 R 212 B5 R 213 B5 R 214 B5 R 215 B5 R 216 B5 R 217 B5 R 218 B5 R 219 B4 R 220 B4 R 221 B4 R 222 B4 R 223 B4 R 224 B4 R 225 B4 R 226 B4 R 227 B4 R 228 C5 R 229 C5 R 231 C4

6-8

February 2001

Part No. 001-9800-001

E.F. Johnson Company 001-9800-200, 001-9800-001, 988X SERIES, 989X SERIES, 9800 SERIES Service Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual